Oceanview Renovation

freeplotting.com

Oceanview Renovation

PROJECT MANUAL

for

Oceanview Renovation

Clearwater, Florida

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

April 26, 2011

Owner: Church of Scientology Religious Trust, 503

Cleveland Street, Clearwater, FL 33755

Civil and Landscape: Kimley Horn and Associates, 2601

Cattlemen Road, Suite 500, Sarasota, FL 34232

Architect: Gensler, 101 Marietta Street NW, Suite 3000,

Atlanta, GA 30303

Structural Engineer: Mohan Engineering, 13630 58 th

Street North, Suite 107, Clearwater, FL 33760

Roofing Consultant: Roof Engineering Associates, 500

County Road One, PO Box 549, Palm Harbor, FL 34684

Elevator Consultant: Lerch Bates, 2300 Glades Road,

Suite 230 W, Glades Twin Plaza West, Boca Raton, FL

33431

Pool Consultant: Gardner Collins, 1268 Rogers Street,

Clearwater, FL 33756

Mechanical, Plumbing and Fire Protection Engineers:

Stewart Engineering Consultants, Inc., 1859 Northgate

Blvd., Sarasota, FL 34234

Electrical Engineer: KBA Engineering, Inc., 201 Flagship

Drive, Suite E, Lutz, FL 33549


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP

DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION

Date Section No. Title

00 01 01 Project Title Page

00 01 10 Table Of Contents

PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS

Date Section No. Title

00 21 13 Instructions To Bidders

00 21 16 Instructions To Proposers

00 31 32 Geotechnical Data

00 41 00 Bid Form

00 42 00 Proposal Form

CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

Date Section No. Title

00 52 00 Agreement Form

00 61 00 Bonds

00 72 00 General Conditions

00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions

00 91 13 Addenda

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SPECIFICATIONS GROUP

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Date Section No. Title

01 10 00 Summary

01 14 00 Work Restrictions

01 23 00 Alternates

01 25 00 Substitution Procedures

01 25 00.01 Substitution Request Form

01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedures

01 26 00.01 Bulletin Form

01 26 00.02 Change Order Form

01 26 13 Requests for Interpretation (RFIs)

01 26 13.01 Request for Interpretation Form

01 29 00 Payment Procedures

01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination

01 32 00 Construction Progress Documentation

01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

01 33 00.01 Data Transfer Agreement

01 33 10 Coordination Drawings

01 40 00 Quality Requirements

01 42 00 References

01 50 00 Temporary Facilities And Controls

01 60 00 Product Requirements

01 73 00 Execution

01 73 29 Cutting And Patching

01 77 00 Closeout Procedures

01 77 00.01 Closeout Procedure Form

FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUP

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

Date Section No. Title

02 22 00 Site Preparation, Excavation, and Earthwork for Foundations –

specification as provided by Mohan Engineering

02 41 19 Selective Structure Demolition

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE

Date Section No. Title

03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete Foundations – specification as provided by

Mohan Engineering

03 54 16 Hydraulic Cement Underlayment

DIVISION 04 – MASONRY

Date Section No. Title

04 20 00 Unit Masonry – specification as provided by Mohan Engineering

DIVISION 05 – METALS

Date Section No. Title

05 04 00 Hot Dip Galvanizing – specification as provided by Mohan

Engineering

05 12 00 Structural Steel – specification as provided by Mohan Engineering

05 21 00 Steel Joists – specification as provided by Mohan Engineering

05 31 00 Steel Deck – specification as provided by Mohan Engineering

05 40 00 Structural Studs - specification as provided by Mohan Engineering

05 50 00 Metal Fabrications

05 52 13 Pipe and Tube Railings

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES

Date Section No. Title

06 10 53 Miscellaneous Rough

06 16 00 Sheathing

06 40 23 Interior Architectural Woodwork

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

Date Section No. Title

07 01 50.19 Preparation for Re-Roofing

07 19 00 Water Repellents

07 21 00 Thermal Insulation

07 25 00 Weather Barriers

07 54 19 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing

07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

07 71 00 Roof Specialties

07 71 29 Manufactured Roof Expansion Joints

07 72 00 Roof Accessories

07 81 00 Applied Fireproofing

07 84 13 Penetration Firestopping

07 84 46 Fire-Resistive Joint Systems

07 92 00 Joint Sealants

07 95 00 Expansion Control

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

Date Section No. Title

08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames

08 12 16 Aluminum Doors and Frames

08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors

08 31 00 Access Doors And Frames

08 32 13 Sliding Aluminum-Framed Glass

08 41 13 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts

08 51 13 Aluminum Windows

08 71 00 Door Hardware

08 80 00 Glazing

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

Date Section No. Title

09 24 00 Portland Cement Plastering

09 29 00 Gypsum Board

09 30 00 Tiling

09 30 33 Stone Tiling

09 51 13 Acoustical Panel Ceilings

09 61 23 Concrete Flooring Treatment

09 64 00 Wood Flooring

09 65 13 Resilient Base and Accessories

09 65 19 Resilient Tile Flooring

09 91 13 Exterior Painting

09 91 23 Interior Painting

09 96 53 Elastomeric Coatings

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

Date Section No. Title

10 28 00 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories

10 44 00 Fire-Protection Specialties

DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT

Date Section No. Title

11 31 00 Pantry and Residential Appliances

DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS

Date Section No. Title

12 36 40 Stone Countertops

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

Date Section No. Title

NOT APPLICABLE for THIS PROJECT

DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING EQUIPMENT

Date Section No. Title

DOCUMENTATION TO BE PROVIDED BY CONSULTANT

DIVISIONS 15 through 19 – Reserved

Date Section No. Title

NOT APPLICABLE for THIS PROJECT

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP

DIVISION 20 – Reserved

DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION - REFER TO FIRE SUPPRESSION SHEET

SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING

Date Section No. Title

22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing

22 05 16 Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping

22 05 19 Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping

22 05 23 General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping

22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

22 05 42 Plumbing Pumps

22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

22 07 00 Plumbing Insulation

22 11 13 Facility Water Distribution Piping

22 11 16 Domestic Water Piping

22 11 19 Domestic Water Piping Specialties

22 11 25 Natural Gas Systems

22 13 16 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping

22 14 13 Facility Storm Drainage Piping

22 33 00 Electric Domestic Water Heaters

22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING

Date Section No. Title

23 05 00 Basic Mechanical Requirements

23 05 12 Mechanical Related Work

23 05 13 Electrical Provisions of Mechanical Work

23 05 16 Expansion Compensation

23 05 19 Meters and Gages

23 05 23 Valves

23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment

23 05 48 Vibration Control

23 05 53 Mechanical Identification

23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing

23 07 00 Mechanical Insulation

23 09 15 Variable Frequency Drives

23 21 13 Hydronic Piping Systems

23 21 16 Piping Specialties

23 21 23 HVAC Pumps

23 31 12 Phenolic Foam Ductwork

23 31 13 Metal Ductwork

23 33 00 Ductwork Accessories

23 37 00 Air Oulets and Inlets

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

23 64 22 Air Cooled Scroll Chillers (70-Tons or Greater)

23 82 15 Air Handling Units (Chilled Water)

DIVISION 24 – Reserved

DIVISION 25 – INTEGRATED AUTOMATION

Date Section No. Title

25 09 23 Direct Digital Control System for HVAC

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL

Date Section No. Title

26 01 00 Basic Electrical Requirements

26 05 19 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables

26 05 20 Electrical Connections for Equipment

26 05 26 Grounds and Bonding for Electrical Systems

26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems

26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems

26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems

26 24 16 Panelboards

26 27 26 Wiring Devices

26 28 16 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers

26 29 13 Motor Starters

26 32 13 Engine Generators

26 36 00 Transfer Switches

26 41 13 Lighting Protection for Structures

26 43 13 Transient Voltage Suppression for Low Voltage Electrical Power

Circuits

26 51 00 Interior Lighting

DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS

Date Section No. Title

27 11 00 Telephone and Data Systems

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 7

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

Date Section No. Title

28 31 12 Fire Alarm Systems

DIVISION 29 – Reserved

SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP – REFER TO CIVIL AND LANDSCAPE SHEET

SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 30 – Reserved

DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK

DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES

DIVISION 34 – TRANSPORTATION

DIVISION 35 – WATERWAY AND MARINE CONSTRUCTION

DIVISIONS 36 through 39 – Reserved

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 8

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 00 52 00 – AGREEMENT FORM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 The Agreement Form will be the Standard Form of Agreement between the Owner and

Contractor as published by the American Institute of Architect (AIA), Document [A101-1987]

[A101-1997] [A111-1987] [A111-1997].

1.2 The Agreement Form will be in the form as attached to this Section for information.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 00 52 00

AGREEMENT FORM 00 52 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 00 61 00 – BONDS

1.1 Security Bonds: Submit a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond, AIA Document A312 that

is included in these Specifications by reference as if written out in full. Copies of this document

may be examined at the office of the Architect or purchased from the American Institute of

Architects.

END OF SECTION 00 61 00

BONDS 00 61 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 00 72 00 – GENERAL CONDITIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, 2007 Edition,

hereinafter referred to as General Conditions, are hereby made a part of this Specification.

1.2 The Contractor is hereby specifically directed, as a condition of the Contract, to acquaint

himself with the Articles contained therein, and to notify and apprise all Subcontractors and any

other parties to the Contract of, and bind them to, its conditions.

1.3 No contractual adjustments shall be due as a result of failure on the part of the Contractor,

Subcontractors or other parties to the Contract to fully acquaint themselves with the General

Conditions.

1.4 The General Conditions of the Contract may be amended by Supplementary Conditions.

1.5 The provisions of the General and Supplementary Conditions when included and Division 01,

General Requirements, apply to the Work specified in each Section of the Specifications.

1.6 Where conflicts occur concerning the Architect's duties and responsibilities between the

General Conditions and the Agreement between the Owner and Architect, the Agreement shall

take precedence.

1.7 If not otherwise included in the Owner Contractor Agreement or specifically included in the

bidding documents, the Contractor shall obtain the Owner’s insurance requirements prior to

submitting a bid.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 00 72 00

GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 72 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 00 73 00 – SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

AIA Document A201-2007, in its entirety, shall constitute the General Conditions of the Contract for

Construction (the “General Conditions”). These Supplementary Conditions of the Contract for Construction

(“Supplementary Conditions”) are attached to and made a part of the Contract Documents and are

intended to modify and/or supplement the General Conditions. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined

herein shall have the same meanings as in the General Conditions.

ARTICLE 1

GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. Subparagraph 1.1.9 – Other Definitions: Add the following new Subparagraph 1.1.9 as follows:

1.1.9 OTHER DEFINITIONS

.1 “As required” shall mean as required by regulatory bodies, by referenced standards,

by existing conditions, by generally accepted construction practice, or by

the Contract Documents.

.2 “By Others” refers to work that is not part of the Contract.

.3 “By Owner” refers to work that will be performed by Owner or Owner’s agents

at Owner’s cost.

.4 “Equal”, “accepted equal”, and “approved equal” shall mean as accepted, in writing,

by Architect as being of equivalent quality, utility, and appearance.

.5 “Furnish” means supply only, do not install.

.6 “Install” means install only, do not furnish.

.7 “Provide” means furnish and install.

2. Subparagraph 1.2.2: Add the following new wording to the end of Subparagraph 1.2.2:

Documents prepared by entities other than Architect or its consultants may be included with

documents prepared by Architect or its consultants for convenience in pricing, bidding, permit

application, construction or other purposes. The inclusion of such documents not prepared

by the Architect or its consultants within the Contract Documents shall not imply that

Architect has reviewed, approved or is responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such

documents.

3. Paragraph 1.5 – Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other Instruments of Service:

Add the following new subparagraph 1.5.3:

§1.5.3 In the event of any unauthorized use, reuse, transfer or modification of the Drawings,

Specifications or other documents by Contractor, any lower tier contractor or material

supplier, or other person or entity under Contractor's direct or indirect employ, Contractor

agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Owner, Architect, their officers, directors, shareholders,

employees, agents, and consultants harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities,

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

suits, demands, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable

attorneys' fees and all legal expenses and fees incurred through appeal, and all interest

thereon, accruing to or resulting from any and all persons, firms, or any other legal entities on

account of any damages or losses to property or persons, including, but not limited to, injuries

or death or economic losses arising out of such unauthorized use, reuse, transfer or

modification, except where Architect is found to be solely liable as between the parties hereto

as well as between any other persons, firms or other legal entities for such damages or losses

by a court or forum of competent jurisdiction.

4. Subparagraph 1.6 – Transmission of Data in Digital Form: Add the following sentence at the end of

Subparagraph 1.6:

Any electronic transfer of Drawings, Specifications or other documents (“Data”) by the Architect

to the Contractor shall be subject to the terms of the Architect’s standard Data Transfer

Agreement, which shall be executed by the Contractor.

ARTICLE 3

CONTRACTOR

5. Subparagraph 3.2.1: Add the following new sentence to the end of Subparagraph 3.2.1:

Additionally, Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the information contained in the Contract

Documents is adequate and sufficient for completion of the Work.

6. Subparagraph 3.2.4: Revise the second sentence of Subparagraph 3.2.4 to read as follows:

If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, or reasonably

should have recognized any errors, inconsistencies, omissions or nonconformity and failed to

do so, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been

avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations.

7. Subparagraph 3.2.5: Add the following new Subparagraph 3.2.5:

§3.2.5 In the event of conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents, the following

order of precedence shall govern: (1) Amendments and revisions (such as change orders),

with those of later date taking precedence over those of earlier date; (2) the Agreement; (3)

the Supplementary Conditions; (4) the General Conditions; (5) Drawings and Specifications.

Drawings shall govern Specifications for quantity and location, and Specifications shall govern

Drawings for quality and performance. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings

and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality or

greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Architect’s interpretation.

8. Subparagraph 3.4.2: Add the following new text to the end of Subparagraph 3.4.2:

Any requests for substitution shall be made in a timely manner and in full compliance with all

Contract requirements. By making a request for substitution, Contractor: (1) represents that

the Contractor has investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal

to or superior in all respects to that specified; (2) represents that the Contractor will provide

the same warranty for the substitution that the Contractor would for that specified; (3) certifies

that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract

except for the Architect’s redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to

the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and (4) will coordinate the installation

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete

in all respects.

9. Subparagraph 3.7.3: Modify Subparagraph 3.7.3 as follows:

§3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be which Contractor knows or should

know is contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful

orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for

such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction.

10. Subparagraph 3.9.1: Add the following new text to the end of Subparagraph 3.9.1:

The superintendent shall be approved by Owner and shall not be replaced without Owner's

prior approval. The superintendent shall be familiar with the job site, the Contract Documents,

and all applicable rules, regulations and requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction

over the Work or the site.

11. Subparagraph 3.10.1: Add the following to the end of Subparagraph 3.10.1:

Such schedule shall be a computer generated critical path method (CPM) schedule showing at

a minimum: (1) the early and late start time for each major construction activity; (2) all "critical

path" activities and their duration; (3) late order dates for all long lead time materials and

equipment; and (4) critical Owner decision dates.

12. Subparagraph 3.10.4: Add the following new Subparagraph 3.10.4:

§3.10.4 Failure of Contractor to submit or keep current the construction schedule and submittals

schedule as required by the conditions of the Work, shall be grounds for withholding

of payments due Contractor by Owner, until such schedules are provided.

13. Subparagraph 3.12.6: Add the following text to the end of Subparagraph 3.12.6:

Incomplete, uncoordinated or incorrect Shop Drawings and other submittals shall be returned

to Contractor who shall be held responsible for all time delays and extra costs of review or

handling by Architect or Owner, because of such submittals being incomplete, uncoordinated

or incorrect.

14. Subparagraph 3.12.7: Modify Subparagraph 3.12.7 as follows:

3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents

require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar

submittals until the respective submittal has been approved reviewed and returned by the

Architect.

15. Subparagraph 3.12.8: Modify Subparagraph 3.12.8 as follows:

3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved Architect-reviewed submittals except

that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements

of the Contract Documents by the Architect’s approval review of Shop Drawings,

Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed

the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a

Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation.

The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings,

Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect’s approval review thereof.

If more than one submittal review stamp (Architect’s and one or more of its consultants’

stamp) appears on a submittal, the most stringent action and notations thereon shall apply.

Signature on a submittal review stamp by the Architect or a consultant does not imply that it

has reviewed Work not within its professional discipline or scope of services.

16. Subparagraph 3.12.10: Modify the second to last sentence of Subparagraph 3.12.10 as follows:

Pursuant to this Subparagraph 3.12.10, the Architect will review, approve or take other

appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance

with information given and the visual and aesthetic design concept expressed in the Contract

Documents.

17. Subparagraph 3.18.1: Revise Subparagraph 3.18.1 as follows:

§3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and

hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any

of them from and against claims, liabilities, suits, demands, damages, losses, costs and expenses,

including, but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, and all legal expenses, and

fees incurred through appeal, and all interest thereon, arising out of or resulting from the performance

of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expenses is attributable to

bodily injury, sickness, disease or death or to injury to or destruction of tangible property

(other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions

of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone

for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or

expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed

to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise

exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18.

18. Paragraph 3.19: Add the following new Paragraph 3.19:

§3.19 DESIGN/BUILD

§3.19.1 If Contractor provides and/or retains its subcontractors or others to provide

Design/Build Work for specified portions of the Project, Contractor shall be responsible

directly to Owner for those portions of the Project, including but not limited to: (1) preparing

engineering and other drawings and specifications for all components of the Design/Build

portion(s) of the Work, (2) complying with Project requirements and space limitations, (3)

coordinating and interfacing with other trades and consultants, and (4) obtaining approvals

from authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Contractor, its subcontractor(s) or their

design professional(s) shall be the Professional(s) of Record for their portion(s) of the

Design/Build Work.

§3.19.2 Architect shall have no responsibility for the design, installation or performance of

Design/Build portions of the Project including but not limited to reviewing such designs

and/or Work and/or certifying the payment applications for the same. Architect’s services in

connection with any Design/Build work shall be limited to checking such designs for general

conformance to major space limitations and the visual and aesthetic design concept as ex-

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

pressed in the Contract Documents. Such checking by Architect of more than two proposals

for the same Design/Build portion of the Project shall be compensated as Additional Services.

§3.19.3 When the Contract Documents or authorities having jurisdiction over the Project

require certificates or statements of performance characteristics of materials, systems or

equipment, or professional seals, calculations, or other certificates or statements regarding

such Design/Build portions of the Project, Owner will require Contractor to provide them,

and Owner and Architect will be entitled to rely on them to establish that the designs,

materials, systems, equipment and such Work will meet the performance criteria required by

the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 4

ARCHITECT

19. Subparagraph 4.2.2: In the first sentence of this Subparagraph 4.2.2, replace the words “appropriate

to the stage of the construction, or as otherwise agreed with the Owner” with the words “necessary in

the judgment of Architect or as otherwise agreed by Owner and Architect in writing”.

20. Subparagraph 4.2.3: Add the following text to the end of Subparagraph 4.2.3:

Architect's duties shall not extend to the receipt, inspection and acceptance on behalf of

Owner or Contractor of materials, furniture, furnishings and equipment at the time of their

delivery to the premises or installation. Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to

perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of

Architect in Architect's administration of the Contract for Construction, or by tests,

inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than Contractor. If Architect

recommends procedures, either directly or by reference to standards or manufacturers'

recommendations, Contractor shall adopt such recommendations as its own, or inform

Architect if exception is taken to such procedures, and may utilize or propose alternative

procedures that Contractor will warrant as fulfilling the intent of the Contract Documents.

21. Subparagraph 4.2.4: Add the following text to the end of Subparagraph 4.2.4:

Should any direct communications become necessary, copies of the communications shall be

promptly forwarded to the proper party or parties as set forth in this Subparagraph 4.2.4.

22. Subparagraph 4.2.5: Modify Subparagraph 4.2.5 as follows:

4.2.5 Based on Architect’s on-site evaluations and the data comprising of the Contractor’s

Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify, to the best of its knowledge,

information and belief, the Work has progressed as indicated, the quality of the Work is in

accordance with the Contract Documents, and the amounts due the Contractor is entitled to

payment of the amount certified and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts.

23. Subparagraph 4.2.7: Modify the first sentence of Subparagraph 4.2.7 as follows:

Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor’s

submittals required by the Contract Documents, such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and

Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information

given and the visual and aesthetic design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

ARTICLE 8

TIME

24. Subparagraph 8.3.1: Starting on the fourth line of Subparagraph 8.3.1, delete the words, “pending

mediation and arbitration; or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay” and

add the following text at the end of Subparagraph 8.3.1: “A time extension shall be Contractor' s sole

remedy and there shall be no compensation for any such delays other than those resulting from the active

interference of Architect, Owner or their employees or agents.”

ARTICLE 9

PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

25. Subparagraph 9.4.2: Add the following text to the end of Subparagraph 9.4.2:

Further, Architect shall not be obligated to issue any Certificate for Payment covering work

by Design/Build contractors or subcontractors, work by Owner’s separate contractors, or other

work for which Architect is not providing full services.

26. Subparagraph 9.5.1.8: Add the following new Subparagraph 9.5.1.8:

.8 rejection or non-acceptance of Work by any governmental agency having

jurisdiction.

27. Subparagraph 9.6.4: Add the following text to the end of Subparagraph 9.6.4:

At the Owner’s sole discretion, payments may be made by check jointly payable to Contractor,

its Subcontractor or supplier, and any applicable labor union trust fund.

28. Subparagraph 9.8.1: Modify this Subparagraph 9.8.1 as follows:

9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or

designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents

and all required final inspections and permits have been obtained so that the Owner can

occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use, subject only to completion of minor items

(punch list).

29. Subparagraph 9.8.3: Add the following text to the end of Subparagraph 9.8.3:

If upon this subsequent inspection, Contractor has not yet completed the Work, and further

field reviews by Architect are required, Contractor shall be responsible to Owner for any additional

cost to Owner of further reviews by Architect.

30. Subparagraph 9.8.4: Add the following text to the end of Subparagraph 9.8.4:

In the absence of such certificate, the date of Substantial Completion shall be in accordance

with Subparagraph 9.8.1.

31. Subparagraph 9.9.3: Add the following text to the end of Subparagraph 9.9.3:

, nor shall it start the guarantee or warranty period.

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS

32. Subparagraph 11.1.5: Add the following new Subparagraph 11.1.5:

§11.1.5 If Contractor fails to secure and maintain the required insurance, Owner shall have

the right (but not the obligation) to secure same in the name and for the account of Contractor,

in which event Contractor shall pay the cost thereof and shall furnish upon demand all information

that may be required in connection therewith.

33. Subparagraph 11.3.1.4: Add the following text to the end of this Subparagraph 11.3.1.4:

It shall not, however, cover Contractor's equipment, machinery or tools.

34. Subparagraph 11.3.3: Add the following text to the end of Subparagraph 11.3.3:

, to the extent Owner's insurance covers such losses.

ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK

35. Subparagraph 12.1.1: Modify Subparagraph 12.1.1 as follows:

§12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements

specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, or to requirements of any public authority

having jurisdiction over the Work, it must, if required in writing by the Architect or

Owner, be uncovered for the Architect's or Owner's or public authority's examination and be

replaced at the Contractor's expense and without change in the Contract Time.

END OF SECTION 00 73 00

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00 - 7

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 10 00 SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section addresses:

1. Work covered by Contract Documents.

2. Contract.

3. Special insurance.

4. Codes and Standards.

5. Work by Owner.

6. Owner furnished Documents.

7. Permits.

8. Taxes.

9. Project Coordination.

10. Specifications format and conventions.

B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to all Sections. The Contract

Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by

all.

1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to all Sections. The Contract

Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by

all.

B. Conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents shall be resolved in the following

order of priority:

1. Amendments and revisions (such as Change Orders) of later date take precedence over

those of earlier date;

2. the Agreement;

3. the Supplementary Conditions;

4. The General Conditions;

5. Drawings and Specifications; Drawings govern Specifications for quantity and location.

Specifications govern Drawings for quality and performance. In the event of ambiguity

or conflicts, the greater quantity and the better quality shall govern.

SUMMARY 01 10 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Project Identification: Project consists a renovation to an existing seven (7) story building from

a residential condominium tower, to an extended stay hotel use, interior fit-out, site

improvements, pool building, chiller building and landscaping

1. Project Location: Project is located at 300 North Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33755.

2. Owner: Church of Scientology Flag Service Organization.

B. Architect Identification: The Contract Documents:

1. Dated February 25, 2011

2. 100% CD Issuance/Client ReviewPermit Set as noted on the Contract Documents

3. Prepared for Project by 101 Marietta Street, NW, Atlanta, GA 30303.

C. Contractor: This is an open Bid.

D. Owner’s Representative: Owner’s Representative shall be determined by the Owner for this

Project to serve as an advisor to Owner and to provide assistance in administering the Contract

for Construction between Owner and each Contractor, according to a separate contract between

Owner and Construction Manager.

E. The Work consists of an exterior and interior renovation and build-out. Demolition of all

existing interior with the exception of floor slabs. Demolition of existing roof, elevator shafts,

exterior fenestration and selected exterior walls. Construct new interiors, roof, elevator shaft,

exterior fenestration and selected exterior walls. Construct new lobby addition, pool and

ancillary chiller building.

1.4 CONTRACT

A. Type of Contract: Project will be constructed under a single prime general construction contract

with the following exceptions which are contracted directly with the Owner:

1. Civil Engineering and Landscape.

2. Roofing Consultant.

3. Elevator Consultant.

4. Seawall Consultant.

5. Pool Consultant.

1.5 SPECIAL INSURANCE

A. Contractor's Commercial General Liability insurance shall contain no exclusion that would deny

coverage for any claim arising out of or contributed to by any fungus, mildew, mold, or

resulting allergens. If such exclusion exists and cannot be removed by endorsement, Contractor

shall submit proof of coverage for fungus, mildew, mold, or resulting allergens under a

Pollution Legal Liability or Contractor's Pollution Liability policy. Provide insurance coverage

established by the Owner.

SUMMARY 01 10 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.6 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Contract Documents shall

mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment or revision of such reference

standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. In addition to the codes,

specifications and standards referred to in the Contract Documents all work provided under this

Contract shall comply with the applicable provisions of the following, where standards conflict

the more stringent shall apply:

1. Building: Florida Building Code 2007 with 2009 supplements

2. Existing Building: Florida Building Code 2007 with 2009 supplements

3. Electrical: Florida Building Code 2007 with 2009 supplements, NFPA 70 – National

Electric Code 2008

4. Energy: Florida Building Code 2007 with 2009 supplements

5. Fire: Florida Fire Prevention Code 2007

6. Life Safety: NFPA 101 – 2006

7. Mechanical: Florida Mechanical Code 2007

8. Plumbing: Florida Plumbing Code 2007

9. Accessibility: Florida Building Code 2007 with 2009 supplements

10. Vertical Circulation: Florida Building Code 2007 with 2009 supplements

11. Elevator: ASME 17.1

12. Hurricane Provisions: Florida Building Code 2007 with 2009 supplements

13. Utility Company requirements.

1.7 WORK BY OWNER

A. The Owner reserves the right to award separate contracts for the performance of certain

construction activities at the site. The activities may occur prior to, concurrent with, or after the

Contractor’s work.

1. Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out

efficiently, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or other

contracts. Coordinate the work of this Contract with work performed under separate

contracts.

B. The Owner reserves the right to negotiate purchase contracts with suppliers of material and

equipment to be incorporated into the work. If invoked, Owner will assign purchase contracts

to Contractor. Include costs for purchasing, receiving, handling, storage if required, and

installation of material and equipment in the Contract Sum, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Contractor's responsibilities are same as if Contractor had negotiated purchase contracts,

including responsibility to renegotiate purchase and to execute final purchasing

agreements.

C. Owner Negotiated Products: The Owner may negotiate Purchase Orders with suppliers of

material and equipment to be incorporated into the work. The Owner will assign the Purchase

Orders to Contractor. Include costs for receiving, handling, storage (if required) and installation

of material and equipment in the Contract Sum

SUMMARY 01 10 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. The Contractor's responsibilities are the same as if Contractor had negotiated Purchase

Orders, including responsibility to renegotiate purchase and to execute final Purchase

Order agreements.

D. Owner Provided Products: The Owner may provide designated products. Cooperate with the

Owner for the installation of Owner provided products when products will be installed during

the work. Advise Owner of installation schedules and critical dated when Contractor's work is

dependent on the installation of Owner provided products.

E. Owner’s Responsibilities: Owner will furnish visual all items indicated as “Furnished by

Owner” in the Project Documents’ Responsibility Matrix. The Work includes providing

support systems to receive Owner's equipment and making plumbing, mechanical, and electrical

connections.

1. Owner will arrange for and deliver Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples to

Contractor.

2. Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner-furnished items according to

Contractor's Construction Schedule.

3. After delivery, Owner will inspect delivered items for damage. Contractor shall be

present for and assist in Owner's inspection.

4. If Owner-furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, Owner will arrange for

replacement.

5. Owner will arrange for manufacturer's field services and for delivery of manufacturer's

warranties to Contractor.

6. Owner will furnish Contractor the earliest possible delivery date for Owner-furnished

products. Using Owner-furnished earliest possible delivery dates, Contractor shall

designate delivery dates of Owner-furnished items in Contractor's Construction Schedule.

7. Arrange for manufacturer's field services and for delivery of manufacturer's warranties to

Contractor.

8. Owner will engage an independent testing agency and pay for fire response testing of

owner furnished materials when required by authorities having jurisdiction.

9. Contractor shall review Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples and return them

noting discrepancies or anticipated problems in use of product. Examples of

discrepancies or problems include, but are not limited to, coordination issues.

10. Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Owner-furnished items

at Project site.

11. Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner-furnished items from damage during

storage and handling, including damage from exposure to the elements.

12. If Owner-furnished items are damaged as a result of Contractor's operations, Contractor

shall repair or replace them.

F. Contractor's Responsibility: Includes but are not limited to:

a. After delivery, inspect delivered owner furnished materials for damage with

Owner.

b. If materials are damaged, defective, or missing, coordinate with Owner for

replacement and scheduling of installation into the work.

c. Contractor will advise Owner if owner furnished materials require fire response

testing by an independent testing agency.

d. Review Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples and return to Architect noting

discrepancies or anticipated problems in use of product

SUMMARY 01 10 00 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

e. Receive, unload, handle, store, protect, and install Owner furnished products and

equipment and make necessary building services connections

f. Repair or replacement of Owner furnished items if items are damaged as a result of

Contractor's operations or lack of protective measures.

G. Separate Contract: Owner will award separate contracts for performance of certain construction

operations at Project site. Those operations are scheduled to be substantially complete before

work under this Contract begins. The separate contract will include the following:

1. Asbestos Abatement & Removal: A separate contract will be awarded for abatement and

removal of asbestos.

2. Audio Visual: A separate contract will be awarded for the design, fabrication, and

installation of audio and video systems. Contractor to be determined. Refer to

Responsibility Matrix in Construction Documents.

3. Security systems (Contractor to furnish and install empty conduits and pull strings ready

for wiring with junction box where indicated on the Contract Documents). Refer to

Responsibility Matrix in Construction Documents.

4. Telephone system (Contractor to furnish and install empty conduits and pull strings ready

for wiring with junction box where indicated on the Contract Documents). Refer to

Responsibility Matrix in Construction Documents.

5. Fixtures, furnishings, and equipment to the extent not identified in the Contract

Documents.

H. Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out

smoothly, and without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract.

1.8 OWNER FURNISHED DOCUMENTS

A. Documents Furnished:

1. Owner will furnish Project Drawings and Manuals in accordance with the request for

proposal.

2. The Owner will furnish the Contractor documents pertaining to the following items

which have been bound into the Project Drawings and the Project Manual. These

documents describe a part of the Work to be provided by the Contractor and are not to be

construed as being provided or installed under a separate contract.

a. Pool Engineering Documents: All Contract Documents related to pool service

have been prepared by the Owner's consultant who is identified as follows:

1) Gardner Collins, 1268 Rogers Street, Clearwater, FL 33756.

b. Civil Engineering and Landscape: All Contract Documents related to civil and

landscape have been prepared by the Owner's consultant who is identified as

follows:

1) Kimley Horn and Associates, 2601 Cattlemen Road, Suite 500, Sarasota, FL

34232.

c. Elevator Cab Documents: All Contract Documents related to elevator cab have

been prepared by the Owner's consultant who is identified as follows:

SUMMARY 01 10 00 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.9 PERMITS

1) Lerch Bates, 2300 Glades Road, Suite 230 W, Glades Twin Plaza West,

Boca Raton, FL 33431.

A. Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections

necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured

after execution of the Contract and which are legally required.

B. If required by governmental authority, Owner will make application for permits and licenses

using forms obtained and prepared by the Contractor and with all costs paid by the Contractor.

1.10 TAXES

A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes for the Work or portions

thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at the time Bids are received,

whether or not yet effective.

1.11 PROJECT COORDINATION

A. General: Refer to Section 01 31 00, PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION.

The Contractor shall be the sole coordinator of the Work.

1. The Architect has exercised reasonable care in coordinating the Contract Documents

between disciplines. Carefully study and compare the Contract Documents, site, Owner

furnished data, and local conditions and report at once any discrepancies, errors, or

omissions in the Contract Documents prior to the award of the Contract. Failure to report

any discrepancies, errors, or omissions in the Contract Documents shall be a waiver to

any claim by the successful bidder for expense made necessary by reason of later

interpretation of the Contract Documents by the Architect.

2. Existing Conditions:

a. Conduct a thorough examination of the site, Owner furnished data, the Contract

Documents, before proceeding with the Work. The Contractor shall formulate from

its examinations its own conclusions as to the extent of the existing conditions and

the complexities that may be encountered in the execution of the Work.

b. Owner Furnished Data: Portions of the Contract Documents were prepared from

record data received from the Owner by the Architect, and from the Architect’s

own visual surveys. The Owner’s record data is available, upon request, from the

Owner and represents all existing conditions known to the Owner. The Owner’s

record data will be furnished only for the information and convenience of the

Contractor, and the accuracy or completeness of this data is not guaranteed. Field

verify all existing dimensions. Other conditions, of which no record exists, may be

encountered during construction.

SUMMARY 01 10 00 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.12 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the

50-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.

B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and

the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.

These conventions are as follows:

1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract

Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate.

Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words

shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where

applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.

2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications.

Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor.

Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for

clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by

others when so noted.

a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context,

are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

b. Specifications requirements are the responsibility of the Contractor unless

specifically stated otherwise.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01 10 00

SUMMARY 01 10 00 - 7

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 14 00 - WORK RESTRICTIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 USE OF PREMISES

A. Use of Site: Limit use of site to areas within the Area of Work indicated in the drawings. Do

not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which the work is indicated.

B. Use of Premises: Contractor shall have full use of premises within the Area of Work for

construction operations during the construction period. Contractor’s use of premises within the

Area of Work is limited only by Owner’s right to perform work or to retain other contractors on

portions of the Project. Confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances,

permits, and the Contract Documents and do not unreasonably encumber the Site with any

materials or equipment

C. Access: At all times, provide the Architect and the Owner's representatives, easy and safe

access to the Work wherever it is in preparation and progress. Provide such access so Architect

may perform its functions.

D. Property Lines: The contractor is responsible for obtaining all permits and paying all fees for

use or closure of public ways, or other areas beyond the property lines.

E. Adjacent Properties: Do not disturb adjacent properties. Do not lean equipment against the

walls of adjacent properties. Do not block driveways or entrances of adjacent properties.

F. Owner’s Rules: Conform at all times to the Owner’s requirements for protection of plant,

materials, equipment, and noise levels.

G. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available

to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for

parking or storage of materials.

1. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances.

2. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and

equipment on-site.

3. Whenever Contractor's operations obstruct or endanger a used traffic lane, and no marked

detour has been provided, he shall furnish a flagman to direct traffic through or around

the congested area. Permits required shall be the Contractor's obligation and

responsibility.

4. Load all trucks leaving the site with loose debris in a manner that will prevent dropping

of materials or debris on streets. Fasten suitable tarpaulins (either canvas or

polypropylene and manufactured specifically for this purpose) over the load before they

enter surrounding paved streets. Trucks bringing materials over paved streets to the site

shall be similarly loaded and covered.

WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.2 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A. Work Restrictions: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. Comply with

limitations on use of public streets and with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet (8 m) of

entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes.

C. Firearms and Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and controlled substances within

the existing building is not permitted. Do not bring firearms or explosive onto the site.

1.3 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install

equipment in completed areas of the site and building, before Substantial Completion, provided

such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment

and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of incomplete portions of the Work, nor

shall it relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for completion of the Work in accordance

with the Contract Documents.

1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of

the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.

2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner

occupancy.

3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully

operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On

occupancy, Owner will provide, operate, and maintain mechanical and electrical systems

serving occupied portions of the site.

4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service

for occupied portions of the site.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01 14 00

WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 23 00 - ALTERNATES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Alternate: An amount proposed for certain work that may be added to or deducted from the

Base Bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of

construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation

methods described in the Contract Documents.

1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract

Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the

Contract Sum.

1.3 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate

work of the alternate into Project. Amount of alternate prices shall include cost of coordination,

cost of overhead and profit, and cost of modifications or adjustments to adjacent work due to

integration of alternate.

1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar

items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part

of alternate.

B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in

writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or

deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to

alternates.

C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.

D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included in Part 3 below. Specification Sections contain

requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate.

ALTERNATES 01 23 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. Alternate No. 1 – Existing GypCrete Roof Deck: Provide an alternate cost for the existing

Gyp-Crete roof deck to remain. Refer to Drawings A01.08 and A02.08 for additional

information regarding the scope of work.

1. New roof membrane by Sika Sarnafil Inc., Single Ply PVC roofing membrane, S-327, 60

mil.

a. State of Florida Product Approvals: NOA No. 08-0717.11 / FL No. 9274.1.

b. Testing of existing Gyp-Crete roof deck will be required. Refer to Drawings

A01.08 and A02.08 for additional information regarding the scope of work.

END OF SECTION 01 23 00

ALTERNATES 01 23 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 25 00 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section 01 23 00 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate.

2. Division 01 Section 01 60 00 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting

comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.

3. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements and limitations for

substitutions.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from

those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to the

following changes in Project conditions:

a. Specified product is not available due to lockout, strike, bankruptcy, product

discontinuance and Acts of God.

b. Regulartory changes.

c. Unavailability of required warranty terms.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product

or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and

title and Drawing numbers and titles. Substitution requests shall be clearly labeld and identified

as a substitution request, and consecutively numbered by Contractor at time of submission to

Architect for review. Constractor shall designate numbering with prefix “S” for substitution

request (e.g. S-number).

1. Substitution Request Form: Use electronic copy of form provided in the Project Manual.

2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following,

as applicable:

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

Copyright 2011 Gensler

01 25 00 - 1


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be

provided, if applicable.

b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to

other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate

contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.

c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of

the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section.

Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size,

durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific

features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work

specified.

d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and

installation procedures.

e. Samples, where applicable or requested.

f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.

g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and

addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.

h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test

results for compliance with requirements indicated.

i. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for

Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having

jurisdiction.

j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed

substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall

Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided

within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's

letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays

in delivery.

k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.

l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in

the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible

with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated.

m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently

become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated

results.

n. Benefit(s) to the Owner.

o. Time to be expended by Architect for their review and any associated re-design.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or

documentation for evaluation. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection

of proposed substitution. Substitution requests, if any, shall be submitted so as to allow a

reasonable time for their consideration and shall not be justification for delay of the

Work.

a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or

Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work.

b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed

substitution within time allocated.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

Copyright 2011 Gensler

01 25 00 - 2


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed

substitution with related products and materials. Engage qualified testing agency to perform

compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.

1.6 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved

substitutions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substitutions submitted as or part of a Submittal will be rejected without consideration.

B. Submit each substitution request on the Architect's form as a separate request accompanied by

required supporting technical documentation including technical data, comparison matrix

between specified product and proposed substitution, shop drawings, coordination drawings,

and, as applicable, samples.

1. Burden of proof of equality is the responsibility of the Contractor. Architect is not

responsible for researching proposed substitutions.

2. Requests for Substitution submitted without sufficient supporting documentation will be

returned without action, except to record noncompliance with requirements.

C. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately upon discovery of need

for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of

related submittals.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the

following conditions are satisfied. If conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return

requests without action, except to record noncompliance with requirements:

a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce

indicated results.

b. Requested substitution is required due to changed Project conditions, which are

documented in the substitution request.

c. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.

d. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.

e. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having

jurisdiction.

f. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the work.

g. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the work.

h. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.

i. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, then requested

substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the work, is uniform and

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

Copyright 2011 Gensler

01 25 00 - 3


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors

involved.

D. Substitutions for Convenience (Value Engineering): Architect will receive and consider

recommendations for substitution if received within three (3) weeks after commencement of the

work. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of

Architect.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the

following conditions are satisfied. If conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return

requests without action, except to record noncompliance with requirements:

a. Requested substitution offers Owner an aggregate savings beyond five thousand

dollars ($5,000), in addition to savings in time, energy conservation, or other

considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume.

Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for

redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner,

and similar considerations.

b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract

Documents.

c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce

indicated results.

d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.

e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.

f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having

jurisdiction.

g. Requested substitution is compatible with the work.

h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with the work.

i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.

j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution

has been coordinated with other portions of the work, is uniform and consistent, is

compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

E. Substitutions proposed for Notice of Acceptance (NOA No. _) or Florida Product Approvals

(FL No._): Contractor shall obtain all required approvals from the authority having jurisdiction

for proposed substitution prior to submitting for consideration by Architect. If conditions are

not satisfied, then Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance

with requirements.

1. Conditions under Substitutions for Convenience (Value Engineering) apply.

F. OWNER’S ACTION

1. Regardless of Architect’s review (no exceptions taken, reviewed with comments as

noted, or rejected) of Substitution request, Owner shall have the final say in regard to all

substitutions. In instances where substitution request is rejected by Architect, but is

approved by Owner; then Architect is to inform Owner if additional compensation may

be due to Architect for redesign and evaluation services based on substitutions accepted

by Owner as recommended by Architect or not. Upon Owner approval of the proposed

substitution, the substitution will be documented into the Owner’s Record Drawings by

the General Contractor prior to close-out of project.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

Copyright 2011 Gensler

01 25 00 - 4


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

PART 3 - EXECUTION

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM FOLLOWS

END OF SECTION 01 25 00

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

Copyright 2011 Gensler

01 25 00 - 5


pìÄëíáíìíáçå=oÉèìÉëí=

Gensler

Project

Oceanview Renovation

Date

Project Location

General Contractor

Prepared by

300 N. Osceola Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33755

As noted above

Project Number

File

This is page

13.7123.000

tÉ=ÅÉêíáÑó=íÜ~í=íÜÉ=ÑçääçïáåÖ=éêçÇìÅí=áë=Éèì~ä=çê=ëìéÉêáçê=íç=íÜÉ=ëéÉÅáÑáÉÇ=éêçÇìÅí=áå=~ééÉ~ê~åÅÉI=Çìê~ÄáäáíóI=éÉêÑçêã~åÅÉI=~åÇ=áå=ÉîÉêó=çíÜÉê=êÉëéÉÅíI=~åÇ=ïÉ=ÜÉêÉÄó=

ëìÄãáí=áí=Ñçê=óçìê=ÅçåëáÇÉê~íáçå=~ë=~=ëìÄëíáíìíÉ=Ñçê=íÜÉ=ëéÉÅáÑáÉÇ=áíÉã=Ñçê=íÜÉ=~ÄçîÉJãÉåíáçåÉÇ=éêçàÉÅíW=

1. Specified Item Section

2. Proposed Substitution

6S

1 of

3. Reason for Substitution

4. Costs EmêçîáÇÉ=~=ÅçãéäÉíÉ=ÄêÉ~âÇçïå=çÑ=ÅçëíëI=áåÅäìÇáåÖ=íÜÉ=Åçëí=~ãçìåí=íç=ÄÉ=abar`qba=Ñêçã=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=pìã=áÑ=íÜÉ=éêçéçëÉÇ=ëìÄëíáíìíáçå=áë=

~ÅÅÉéíÉÇK=fåÅäìÇÉ=ÇçÅìãÉåí~íáçå=Ñçê=ÄçíÜ=ã~íÉêá~äë=~åÇ=ä~ÄçêKF

5. Schedule EaÉëÅêáÄÉ=ëìÄëíáíìíáçåDë=~ÑÑÉÅí=çå=ÅçåëíêìÅíáçå=ëÅÜÉÇìäÉF

6. Supporting Data

• Cutsheets: Attach complete technical data, including laboratory tests, if applicable.

• Installation: Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications describing the steps that the proposed

substitution will require for its proper installation.

• Samples: Submit with request all necessary samples and substantiating data clearly marked to prove equal quality and performance to that

which is specified.

7. List ways in which the substitution affects dimensions shown on Drawings.

8. List affects of proposed substitution on other trades

9. List ways in which proposed substitution will be affected by applicable code requirements and agency approval

10. List differences between proposed substitution and specified item

11. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different

Explain

12. List information on availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials

13. Certification of, and Assumption of Liability for, Equivalent Performance

qÜÉ=ìåÇÉêëáÖåÉÇ=ÅÉêíáÑáÉë=íÜ~í=íÜÉ=ÑìåÅíáçåI=~ééÉ~ê~åÅÉ=~åÇ=èì~äáíó=çÑ=íÜÉ=éêçéçëÉÇ=ëìÄëíáíìíáçå=áë=Éèìáî~äÉåí=çê=ëìéÉêáçê=íç=íÜÉ=ëéÉÅáÑáÉÇ=áíÉã=~åÇ=áë=áå=Ñìää=

Åçãéäá~åÅÉ=ïáíÜ=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=açÅìãÉåíë=~åÇ=~ééäáÅ~ÄäÉ=êÉÖìä~íçêó=êÉèìáêÉãÉåíëK=

Supplier

Signature

Telephone No.

Date

páÖå~íìêÉ=ãìëí=ÄÉ=Äó=éÉêëçå=~ìíÜçêáòÉÇ=íç=äÉÖ~ääó=ÄáåÇ=ÜáëLÜÉê=Ñáêã=íç=íÜÉ=~ÄçîÉ=íÉêãëK=c~áäìêÉ=íç=éêçîáÇÉ=äÉÖ~ääó=ÄáåÇáåÖ=ëáÖå~íìêÉ=ïáää=êÉëìäí=áå=êÉíê~Åíáçå=çÑ=

~ééêçî~äK=

General Contractor

Telephone No.

Signature

Date

= NMN=j~êáÉíí~=píêÉÉíI=kt=

ë:\13.7123.000\documentation\5 - design & specifications\5ps - project manual, specifications\110426_rev current

specs\div_01 gen requiremts\01 25 01 substitution request 110322dd.docx=

pìáíÉ=PMMM=

= ^íä~åí~= dÉçêÖá~==PMPMP=

= qÉäW= QMQKRMTKNMMM=

po|MTOSNM=

c~ñW= QMQKRMTKNMMN=


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 26 00 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing

Contract modifications.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 25 00 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling

requests for substitutions made after the Contract award.

1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. After timely notice to the Owner and its representatives of changes that the Architect will be

presenting to the Contractor, the Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing

Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract

Time, on Gensler “Bulletin” form.

1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed

changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If

necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them

instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.

2. Within 5 days unless otherwise provided in the General Conditions after receipt of

Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum

and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.

a. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade

discounts.

b. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of

the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and

finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting

an extension of the Contract Time.

c. Include a contractor (all tier) itemization of the tasks in the proposed change

request specifying the amount of hours (by trade) for each task within the proposed

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 26 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

change request, showing that the approved hourly rates were used. Price quotes (or

an applicable invoice) for materials being used for the proposed change request

must be provided with the proposed change request. A breakdown to the unit cost

level must correlate back to the applicable quote/invoice. Quotes and/or invoices

must be from the vendors providing the material.

B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals (Change Order Requests): If latent or unforeseen conditions

require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request

for a change.

1. Should the Contractor realize that a change order condition has arisen it will submit a

change order request within 5 days.

2. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the

Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the

proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade

discounts.

4. Include a contractor (all tier) itemization of the tasks in the proposed change order

specifying the amount of hours (by trade) for each task within the proposed change order,

showing that the approved hourly rates were used. Price quotes (or an applicable invoice)

for materials being used for the proposed change order must be provided with the

proposed change order request. A breakdown to the unit cost level must correlate back to

the applicable quote/invoice. Quotes and/or invoices must be from the vendors providing

the material.

5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the

change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,

and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the

Contract Time.

6. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" if the

proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system

specified.

C. Proposal Request Form: Use Gensler “Bulletin,” selecting, Architect’s Request for Contractor’s

Proposal”.

1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures

of Owner and Contractor on Gensler “Change Order” form.

1. Prior to the submission of a change order request, General Contractor shall provide cost

of such change and schedule impact.

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 26 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

STANDARD GENSLER BULLETIN AND CHANGE ORDER FORMS ARE AT THE END OF THIS

SECTION.

END OF SECTION 01 26 00

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 26 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


_ìääÉíáå=kìãÄÉê=======

Gensler

Project

Oceanview Renovation

Date

Project Location

Owner/Client

To

300 N Osceola Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33755

As noted above

Church of Scientology

Architect's Project Number

File

Attention

6BL

This is page

13.7123.000

1 of

Address

City State Zip

Code

Delivered via: Messenger Hand carried Facsimile

Express Pick-up E-mail Address

Mail UPS Website Address

This Bulletin Conveys to Contractor=E`ÜÉÅâ=çåÉ=çÑ=íÜÉ=ÑçääçïáåÖ=ÑáîÉ=ÅÜçáÅÉëKF:=

Architect's Authorization for Minor Changes

= ^êÅÜáíÉÅí=êÉÅçããÉåÇë=ãçÇáÑáÅ~íáçåë=íç=íÜÉ=tçêâ=~ë=ÇÉëÅêáÄÉÇ=ÄÉäçïK

Architect's Clarification / Supplemental Instructions ErëÉ=íÜáë=_ìääÉíáå=Ñçêã=áå=éä~ÅÉ=çÑ=^êÅÜáíÉÅíDë=pìééäÉãÉåí~ä=fåëíêìÅíáçåë=ÑçêãKF

= `çåíê~Åíçê=ëÜ~ää=Å~êêó=çìí=íÜÉ=tçêâ=áå=~ÅÅçêÇ~åÅÉ=ïáíÜ=íÜÉ=ÑçääçïáåÖ=ëìééäÉãÉåí~ä=áåëíêìÅíáçåëK

Architect's Confirmation of a Field Order ErëÉ=íÜáë=_ìääÉíáå=Ñçêã=áå=éä~ÅÉ=çÑ=~=cáÉäÇ=lêÇÉê=ÑçêãKF

= qÜáë=ÅçåÑáêãë=^êÅÜáíÉÅíDë=îÉêÄ~ä=áåëíêìÅíáçåë=íç=EáåÇáîáÇì~äDë=å~ãÉF= =çå=EÇ~íÉF= I=~ë=ÇÉëÅêáÄÉÇ=ÄÉäçïK=

kçíÉW=qÜÉ=~ÄçîÉ=íÜêÉÉ=ÅÜçáÅÉë=~êÉ=É~ÅÜ=ëìÄàÉÅí=íç=íÜÉ=ÑçääçïáåÖ=íÉêãëW=qÜÉ=ÅÜ~åÖÉEëFI=Åä~êáÑáÅ~íáçåEëF=~åÇLçê=ÅçåÑáêã~íáçåEëF=ÇÉëÅêáÄÉÇ=ÄÉäçï=áëL~êÉ=áëëìÉÇ=áå=

~ÅÅçêÇ~åÅÉ=ïáíÜ=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=açÅìãÉåíëI=ïáíÜçìí=ÅÜ~åÖÉ=áå=`çåíê~Åí=pìã=~åÇLçê=qáãÉK

Architect's Request for Contractor's Proposal ErëÉ=íÜáë=_ìääÉíáå=Ñçêã=áå=éä~ÅÉ=çÑ=~å=bëíáã~íÉ=oÉèìÉëí=ÑçêãKF

= mäÉ~ëÉ=ëìÄãáí=~å=áíÉãáòÉÇ=éêçéçë~ä=Ñçê=ÅÜ~åÖÉë=áå=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=pìã=~åÇLçê=qáãÉ=Ñçê=éêçéçëÉÇ=ãçÇáÑáÅ~íáçåë=íç=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=açÅìãÉåíë=ÇÉëÅêáÄÉÇ=ÜÉêÉáåK=

pìÄãáí=éêçéçë~ä=ïáíÜáå== =Ç~óë=çê=åçíáÑó=íÜÉ=^êÅÜáíÉÅí=áå=ïêáíáåÖ=çÑ=íÜÉ=Ç~íÉ=çå=ïÜáÅÜ=óçì=~åíáÅáé~íÉ=ëìÄãáííáåÖ=óçìê=éêçéçë~äK=qÜáë=áë=åçí=~=`Ü~åÖÉ=lêÇÉê=

çê=~=`çåëíêìÅíáçå=`Ü~åÖÉ=aáêÉÅíáîÉ=çê=~=ÇáêÉÅíáçå=íç=éêçÅÉÉÇ=ïáíÜ=íÜÉ=tçêâ=ÇÉëÅêáÄÉÇ=áå=íÜÉ=éêçéçëÉÇ=ãçÇáÑáÅ~íáçåëK

Other: = ^ë=ÇÉëÅêáÄÉÇ=ÄÉäçïK

Attachments

Requested by

=^êÅÜáíÉÅí= =lïåÉê= = `çåíê~Åíçê= = líÜÉê=EëéÉÅáÑóFW=

Issued by Gensler by

Issued by Owner by

= oÉèìáêÉÇX=mäÉ~ëÉ=êÉíìêå=ëáÖåÉÇ=Åçéó=íç=dÉåëäÉê= = kçí=oÉèìáêÉÇ

Accepted by Contractor by

= oÉèìáêÉÇX=mäÉ~ëÉ=êÉíìêå=ëáÖåÉÇ=Åçéó=íç=dÉåëäÉê= = kçí=oÉèìáêÉÇ

Distribution

Date Signed

Date Signed

Date Signed

Prepared by Gensler by

Date Signed

Instructions / Description / References / Dates

Begin text here . . .

= NMN=j~êáÉíí~=píêÉÉíI=kt=

ë:\13.7123.000\documentation\5 - design & specifications\5ps - project manual, specifications\110426_rev current

specs\div_01 gen requiremts\01 26 00gsa bulletin bl110310dd.docx=

pìáíÉ=PMMM=

= ^íä~åí~= dÉçêÖá~==PMPMP=

= qÉäW= QMQKRMTKNMMM=

_i|MTOSNM=

c~ñW= QMQKRMTKNMMN


`Ü~åÖÉ=lêÇÉê=kìãÄÉê=======

Gensler

Project

Oceanview Renovation

Date

Project Location

Owner/Client

300 N Osceola Avenue, Clearwater, FL 33755

As noted above.

Church of Scientology

Project Number

Contractor Contractor's Request /

Quotation Number / Date

File

6CO

13.7123.000

This is page

1 of

Change to Contract Sum:

Original Contract Amount:

$

$

See Change Order Summary for Revised Total Contract Amount and Time

Reason for Change

Change to Contract

Time:

Revised Contract

Amount:

Requested by

$

Recommended for Approval

by Gensler: by

By

Date Signed

Approved for Owner/Client By Date Signed

Approved for Contractor By Date Signed

Approved for Tenant

(if applicable)

By

Date Signed

qÜÉ=~ÄçîÉ=`Ü~åÖÉ=lêÇÉê=íç=íÜÉ=Åçåíê~Åí=ëÜ~ää=ÄÉ=ÉÑÑÉÅíáîÉ=ìéçå=ëáÖå~íìêÉ=Äó=~ää=~ééäáÅ~ÄäÉ=é~êíáÉëI=áå=~ÅÅçêÇ~åÅÉ=ïáíÜ=íÜÉ=`çåÇáíáçåë=çÑ=íÜÉ=`çåíê~ÅíK=qÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=

^ãçìåí=êÉÑÉêë=íç=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=pìã=çê=Öì~ê~åíÉÉÇ=j~ñáãìã=`çëí=áå=íÜÉ=`çåíê~ÅíK=

Distribution

Description / References / Costs / Dates

Begin text here . . .

= NMN=j~êáÉíí~=píêÉÉíI=kt=

ë:\13.7123.000\documentation\5 - design & specifications\5ps - project manual, specifications\110426_rev current

specs\div_01 gen requiremts\01 26 00gsb change order co110310dd.docx=

pìáíÉ=PMMM=

= ^íä~åí~= dÉçêÖá~==PMPMP=

= qÉäW= QMQKRMTKNMMM=

`l|MTOSNM= c~ñW= QMQKRMTKNMMN


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 26 13 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S)

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REQUEST(S) FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S)

A. General: A Request for Interpretation (RFI) is a Contractor initiated, Architect formatted,

written instrument related to the execution of the Work that is addressed to the Architect. The

RFI shall be used by the Contractor as the means for it to ask questions related to the Work;

subject to the conditions contained within this article.

1. An RFI which fails to conform to the requirements stated herein, (i.e., is incomplete or

contains numerous errors) shall be returned to the Contractor for its

completion/rectification without benefit of the Architect's response, in addition, no

adjustments for Contract Time or Contract Sum shall be granted for an RFI failing to

conform to the requirements stated herein.

2. The Owner reserves the right to assess the Contractor for the cost (based on time and

materials) of an RFI response performed by the Architect, and any of it's consultants,

which is deemed by the Owner and the Architect as being frivolous or unnecessary (i.e.;

the subject of the RFI is addressed in the Contract Documents). Such RFI’s shall be

removed from the RFI log.

3. Each RFI shall be submitted with such promptness as to cause no delay in the

Contractor's own work and in that of any subcontractor. No adjustments of Contract

Time or Contract Sum will be granted because of failure to have an RFI submitted with

sufficient time to allow for the orderly processing of a response by the Architect.

B. Authorship:

1. Prior to the commencement of the RFI process, the Contractor shall designate a "RFI

Manager" whose duties shall include the responsibility for enforcing the Request for

Interpretation provisions of this article, to maintain an up-to-date log of all RFI's, advise

the Architect, in writing, of the status and disposition of all RFI's at the progress

meetings, and be a member of the Contractor's staff. The RFI Manager shall be

experienced in administration and supervision of building construction of the type

indicated on the contract documents including mechanical and electrical work.

2. Each RFI shall originate solely from the Contractor's RFI Manager. An RFI submitted to

the Architect by an entity, or individual, other than the RFI Manager shall be returned to

the Contractor.

C. Prohibitions: RFI's shall not be used for the following:

1. To solicit consideration by the Architect of a "substitution".

2. To request an adjustment of the Contract time. If the Contractor believes that the

response received from the Architect to any RFI warrants adjustment to the Contract time

REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S) 01 26 13 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

it shall immediately advise the Architect, in writing, upon receipt of the Architect's

response.

3. To request an adjustment of the Contract sum. If the Contractor believes that the

response received from the Architect to any RFI warrants adjustment of the Contract sum

it shall immediately advise the Architect, in writing, upon receipt of the Architect's

response.

4. To solicit comment clarification(s) of any required submittal or shop drawing review that

was transmitted by the Architect to the Contractor.

5. RFI’s shall not be used to transfer coordination responsibility from the Contractor to the

Owner or the Architect.

D. Procedure:

1. The Contractor shall submit all RFI's on the form supplied by the Architect.

2. Each blank on the RFI form shall be filled in.

3. Each RFI shall be typewritten and shall be forwarded to the Architect via email. Each

RFI shall address one subject.

4. Each RFI shall contain specific reference to the drawing number(s), detail number(s),

schedule type(s), bulletin number(s), specification section(s) and paragraph number(s), or

other related document(s) which is (are) pertinent to the Contractor's question. The date

of each referenced drawing number, bulletin, specification section or other related

document shall be identified. In preparing each RFI verify the applicable dimension(s),

field conditions, drawing requirements (small through large scale details), and/or

specification section requirements pertaining thereto. Prior to submission of the RFI

coordinate the nature of the inquiry with the requirements of other sections or trades as

related thereto and responses to previous RFI’s. Where supplementary sketches are

required to clarify an inquiry the Contractor shall attach supplementary sketches, at large

scale, illustrative of the inquiry. Sketches shall include sufficient detail, materials,

dimensions, thicknesses, assembly, attachments, relation to adjoining work, structural

grid references, and all other pertinent data and information for the Architect to make an

informed response.

a. The Contractor is encouraged to suggest solution(s) to its inquiries, if applicable.

Should the Contractor's solution(s) have an impact on Contract Sum or Contract

time it shall be so stated within the RFI.

REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S) 01 26 13 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

5. Each RFI shall be dated and sequentially numbered.

6. Each RFI shall be reviewed, and signed, by the RFI Manager prior to transmitting to the

Architect.

7. Duration of RFI Response Upon Receipt: 5 business days.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 EXECUTION

STANDARD GENSLER RFI FORMS ARE AT THE END OF THIS SECTION.

END OF SECTION 01 26 13

REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S) 01 26 13 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


oÉèìÉëí=cçê=fåíÉêéêÉí~íáçå

Gensler

Project

To

Oceanview Renovation

300 N. Osceola Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33755

RFI Number

Date

Attention

From

Issued by

Subject

Project Number

File

Drawing Sheet/

Location

Detail

13.7123.000

6RFI

Distribution

Specifications Page

Number

This is page

1 of

mêçÄäÉãI=`~ìëÉ=~åÇ=mêçéçëÉÇ=pçäìíáçå=E~íí~ÅÜ=ëâÉíÅÜÉë=~ë=åÉÅÉëë~êóF

Effect on Schedule

Effect on Cost

oÉéäó=

Reply Needed by

Signature

Date

= NMN=j~êáÉíí~=píêÉÉíI=kt=

ëWyNPKTNOPKMMMyÇçÅìãÉåí~íáçåyR=J=ÇÉëáÖå=C=ëéÉÅáÑáÅ~íáçåëyRéë=J=éêçàÉÅí=ã~åì~äI=ëéÉÅáÑáÅ~íáçåëyNNMQOS|êÉî=ÅìêêÉåí=ëéÉÅëyÇáî|MN=ÖÉå=êÉèìáêÉãíëyMN=OS=NPÖë~=êÉèìÉëí=Ñçê=áåÑç=êáNNMPNMÇÇKÇçÅñ= pìáíÉ=PMMM=

= ^íä~åí~= dÉçêÖá~==PMPMP=

= qÉäW= QMQKRMTKNMMM=

of|MOORNN=

c~ñW= QMQKRMTKNMMN=


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and

process Applications for Payment.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative

procedures for handling changes to the Contract.

2. Division 01 Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative

requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. (Field) Review: Architect's visits to the site at intervals necessary in the judgment of Architect

to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work completed and to

determine in general if the Work completed is in accordance with the Contract Documents.

Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the

quality or quantity of the Work.

B. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract

Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's

Applications for Payment.

1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of

Contractor's Construction Schedule. Provide a Cost-loaded Critical Path Method Schedule to

satisfy requirements for the schedule of values. Refer to Section 01 32 00 “Construction

Progress Documentation” and the following for items and requirements to be included in the

Cost Loaded Critical Path Method Schedule

1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms

and schedules, including the following:

a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.

b. Submittals Schedule.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

Copyright 2011 Gensler

01 29 00 - 1


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's Construction

Schedule.

2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than

seven (7) days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for

Payment.

3. Subschedules for Separate Elements of Work: Where the Contractor's construction

schedule defines separate elements of the Work, provide subschedules showing values

correlated with each element.

B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items

for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.

1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:

a. Project name and location.

b. Name of Architect.

c. Architect's project number.

d. Project Manager's name and address.

e. Contractor's name and address.

f. Date of submittal.

2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the

following for each item listed:

a. Related Specification Section or Division.

b. Description of the Work.

c. Name of subcontractor.

d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.

e. Name of supplier.

f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.

g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest onehundredth

percent, adjusted to total 100 percent.

1) Labor.

2) Materials.

3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued

evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project

Manual table of contents.

a. Break down principal subcontract amounts into separate labor and materials items.

b. Breakdown of subcontractor's schedule of values must be true and accurate.

4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.

5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where

Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated

and stored, but not yet installed.

a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. Include

evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing if required.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

Copyright 2011 Gensler

01 29 00 - 2


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each

subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.

7. Owner Direct Purchase Orders: Provide a log of Owner Direct Purchase Orders. This log

must include the payments made to each purchase order, anticipated total for purchase

order(s), executed purchase orders, who the vendor is, the contract that is using the

associated vendor and deductive change order value for the purchase order.

8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.

Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.

a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual

work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of

Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.

9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next

Applications for Payment when Change Orders result in a change in the Contract Sum.

1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as

certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.

1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial

Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.

B. Payment Application Times: The date of each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement

between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application

for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

C. Payment Application Review:

1. Prior to, but not later than, 21 days before the date established for each monthly progress

payment, furnish the Architect with a draft (pencil) copy of the Application for Payment.

2. Seven days before the date established for the monthly progress payment, the Owner, the

Architect and the Contractor shall meet to review the draft (pencil) copy of the

application and Certificate for payment. Questions resulting from this review shall be

answered by the Contractor and clarified prior to receipt of the final copy of the

Application and Certificate for Payment which is to be submitted to the Architect on the

1 st day of the following month.

3. Upon receipt of the final Application and Certificate for Payment and other

documentation as required by the Architect including the updated Schedule of Values and

the updated Construction Schedule, the Architect shall review the documents received to

determine if they correspond to the agreements reached during the draft (pencil) copy

review. Upon completion of the Architect’s review, the Architect shall revise and

execute the Applications and Certificate for Payment to correspond to the agreements

reached and forward the executed copies to the Owner.

4. In taking action on the 'Contractor's Application for Payment, the Architect will rely on

the accuracy and completeness of the information furnished by the Contractor and will

not be deemed to represent that he has made audits of the supporting data.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

Copyright 2011 Gensler

01 29 00 - 3


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

5. Payment will not be made for materials and equipment stored off the site, except at the

Owner’s discretion and prior approval. When the Application and Certificate for

Payment includes material or equipment stored off-site, the Application shall be

accompanied by a statement certifying:

a. Description of the item(s) being stored.

b. Location of the bonded warehouse(s) where materials or equipment is being stored.

c. Affidavit of Storage.

d. Certificate of Insurance.

e. Bill of sale made to Owner stating there will be no additional cost for

transportation and delivery of the item(s) being stored.

f. Statement certifying that item or any part thereof will not be installed in any

construction other than work under this Contract.

D. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for

Applications for Payment.

E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person

authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete

applications without action.

1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction

Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.

2. Include amounts of work completed following previous Application for Payment,

whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at

time of Application for Payment.

3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last

day of construction period covered by application.

F. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or

equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items

stored on-site and off-site.

1. Provide description of item(s) being stored.

2. Location of the bonded warehouse(s) where materials or equipment is stored.

3. Bill of sale made to Owner stating there will be no additional cost for transportation and

delivery of the stored item(s).

4. Statement certifying that item or any part thereof will not be installed in any construction

other than Work under this Contract.

5. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of

surety to payment, for stored materials.

6. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices.

Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include

overhead and profit on stored materials.

7. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following:

a. Materials previously stored and included in previous Applications for Payment.

b. Work completed for this Application utilizing previously stored materials.

c. Additional materials stored with this Application.

d. Total materials remaining stored, including materials with this application.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

Copyright 2011 Gensler

01 29 00 - 4


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

G. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to

Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien

and similar attachments if required.

1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate

information about application.

H. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit notarized waivers of

mechanic's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of

the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.

1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for retainage,

on each item.

2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.

3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit

waivers.

4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of

mechanic's lien for construction period covered by the application.

a. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from

every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application

who is lawfully entitled to a lien.

5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to

Owner.

I. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or

coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:

1. List of subcontractors, principal suppliers and fabricators.

2. Schedule of Values.

3. Combined Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final) incorporating

Work of multiple contracts, with indication of acceptance of schedule by each Contractor.

4. Products list (preliminary if not final).

5. Schedule of unit prices.

6. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).

7. List of Contractor’s staff assignments.

8. List of Contractor’s principal consultants.

9. Copies of building permits.

10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for

performance of the Work.

11. Initial progress report.

12. Report of preconstruction conference.

13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.

14. Performance and payment bonds.

15. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance coverage(s).

16. Initial settlement survey and damage report if required.

J. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuance of the Certificate of

Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion

for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

Copyright 2011 Gensler

01 29 00 - 5


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a

statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued

previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

K. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting

documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the

following:

1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements, including, but not limited to:

a. Transmittal of required Project Record Documents to Owner.

b. Evidence of completion of demonstration and training.

2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof

that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.

3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.

4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."

5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."

6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."

7. Evidence that claims have been settled.

8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of

date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed

responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.

9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.

10. Occupancy permits and similar approvals or certifications by governing authorities and

franchised services, assuring Owner's full access and use of completed work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01 29 00

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

Copyright 2011 Gensler

01 29 00 - 6


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project

including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General project coordination procedures.

2. Conservation.

3. Coordination Drawings.

4. Administrative and supervisory personnel.

5. Project meetings.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and

submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule.

2. Division 01 Section 01 73 00 "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating

general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of

benchmarks and control points.

3. Division 01 Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating Contract closeout.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the

Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate

construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper

installation, connection, and operation.

B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other

contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.

Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections

that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. Make adequate

provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where

installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before

or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure

maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures

required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees

at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their

Work is required.

D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative

procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts

and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not

limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.

2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.

3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.

4. Delivery and processing of submittals.

5. Progress meetings.

6. Preinstallation conferences.

7. Project closeout activities.

8. Startup and adjustments of systems.

E. Project Communication: General Contractor shall manage project communication and

documentation for duration of project until Final Completion. Communication management to

include the collection and publication as needed of the following documents:

1. Project directory.

2. Project correspondence.

3. Meeting Agendas and minutes.

4. Contract modifications forms and logs.

5. RFI forms and logs.

6. Task and issue management.

7. Photo documentation.

8. Schedules and calendars.

9. Submittals forms and logs.

10. Payment applications.

11. Maintenance of latest Drawings and specifications.

12. Coordination Documents.

F. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with

consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual

Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where

limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate

integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Content: Project specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to

indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed

data. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings.

Prepare plans, elevations, sections and details as needed to describe relationship of

various systems and components.

b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural,

structural, mechanical, plumbing, electrical, fire protection and civil systems on

separate Shop Drawings.

c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated

replacement of components during the life of the installation.

d. Show location and size of access doors and panels required for access to concealed

dampers, valves, and other controls.

e. Indicate required installation sequences.

f. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that

appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and clearance requirements.

Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such

conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be

considered changes to the Contract.

g. Refer to Divisions in the Facilities Services Subgroup for specific Coordination

Drawings requirements for mechanical and electrical installations.

B. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files:

1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating

system as the original Drawings.

2. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using Portable Data

File (PDF) format.

3. Upon written request, Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the

Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files.

a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital

data files as they relate to the Drawings.

b. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of an Agreement

form provided by Architect.

C. Work by Separate Entities: Where work by separate entities requires off-site fabrication of

products and materials which must be accurately interfaced and closely intermeshed to produce

required results, prepare coordination drawings to indicate how work shown by separate shop

drawings will be interfaced, intermeshed, and sequenced for installation.

D. Slab Coring and Cutting: Before any slabs are cored or cut or any mechanical or electrical

equipment or other work is installed, the Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval by

the Architect color coded composite coordination drawings to confirm that the work of all

subcontractors is coordinated. These drawings shall show the interrelationship of components

shown on separate shop drawings and shall indicate all mechanical, plumbing, electrical,

structural and contiguous architectural work in sufficient detail so as to verify that

subcontractors will accomplish their respective work without conflicting with other contiguous

trades. Drawings shall be drawn to a scale not smaller than 1/8” with 1/4” details, and shall

show clearly in both plan and elevation that all work can be installed without interference.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

E. Work installed without prior approval: Any work installed prior to approval of coordination

drawings shall be at the Contractor's risk. Subsequent relocations required to avoid

interferences shall be made without additional expense to the Owner. In case interference

develops, the Architect will decide which work shall be relocated, regardless of which was

installed first.

F. Staff Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key staff

assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify

individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including

home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of

individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.

1. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each

temporary telephone.

1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL

A. General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory

personnel as required for proper performance of the Work.

1.6 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise

indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is

required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled

meeting dates and times.

2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.

3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the

meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within 3 days of

the meeting.

4. Notification: Inform participants 3 days prior to meetings not regularly scheduled.

5. The General Contractor shall not rely upon conference calls or site visits by the Architect

in excess of the quantity established by the Owner. When the Architect’s attendance is

preferred or referenced by these Specifications, the General Contractor shall coordinate

meetings to coincide with one of the Architect’s scheduled site visits.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting

construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than15 days after

execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location.

Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants;

Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; testing

laboratory representatives; regulatory, financial personnel, and other concerned parties

shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with

Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the

following:

a. Requirements in individual Specification Sections for preconstruction

responsibilities.

b. Tentative construction schedule.

c. Project coordination

d. Critical work sequencing.

e. Designation of responsible personnel.

f. Procedures for processing Requests for Information (RFI's.)

g. Procedures for processing Bulletins.

h. Procedures for processing submittals.

i. Procedures for processing substitutions.

j. Procedures for processing field decisions, proposal requests and Change Orders.

k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.

l. Distribution of the Contract Documents.

m. Preparation of Record Documents.

n. Use of the premises.

o. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.

p. Parking availability.

q. Office, work, and storage areas.

r. Equipment deliveries and priorities.

s. First aid.

t. Security.

u. Progress cleaning.

v. Working hours.

C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each

construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or

affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and

installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect

of scheduled meeting dates.

2. Agenda: Review progress of construction activities and preparations for particular

activity under consideration.

3. Documentation: Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and

disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties

requiring information.

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.

Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the

Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regular intervals. Coordinate dates of

meetings with preparation of payment requests. Schedule and administer special meetings as

required.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor,

subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in

planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized

to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review

other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as

appropriate to status of Project.

a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.

Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule,

in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction

behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to

do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and

subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present.

3. Reporting: Entity responsible shall distribute minutes of the meeting to each party

present and to parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in

narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report.

a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress

meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue

revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

E. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at regular intervals

corresponding to Work which needs to be coordinated. Project coordination meetings are in

addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and

preinstallation conferences.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor,

subcontractor, supplier, and entity concerned with current progress or involved in

planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these

meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized

to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting.

Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for

discussion as appropriate to status of Project.

a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last

coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of

schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Combined Contractor's Construction

Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure

commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions

are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed

within the Contract Time.

b. Schedule Updating: Revise Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule after

each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or

recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.

c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the

following:

1) Interface requirements.

2) Sequence of operations.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3) Status of submittals.

4) Deliveries.

5) Off-site fabrication.

6) Access.

7) Site utilization.

8) Temporary facilities and controls.

9) Work hours.

10) Hazards and risks.

11) Progress cleaning.

12) Quality and work standards.

13) Change Orders.

3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to

others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.

F. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time

convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of

Substantial Completion.

1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project

closeout.

2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority,

Architect, and consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors;

suppliers; and concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting

shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the work.

3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout.

a. Preparation of record documents.

b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final

inspection for acceptance.

c. Submittal of written warranties.

d. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data.

e. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts.

f. Requirements for demonstration and training.

g. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.

h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and

for final payment.

i. Submittal procedures.

j. Coordination of separate contracts.

k. Owner's partial occupancy requirements.

l. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment.

m. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.

4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 7

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01 31 00

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 - 8

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of

construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Startup construction schedule.

2. Contractor's construction schedule.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of

Values.

2. Division 01 Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and

distributing meeting and conference minutes.

3. Division 01 Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and

reports.

4. Division 01 Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests

and inspections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring,

and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume

time and resources.

1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the

planned early start and finish times.

2. Predecessor activity is an activity that must be completed before a given activity can be

started.

3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the completion of an activity as

scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum unless

otherwise approved by Architect.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction

project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations

determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.

D. Critical Path: The longest continuous chain of activities through the network schedule that

establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a

jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet

schedule milestones and Contract completion date.

2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the

early start of the following activity.

3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without

adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.

G. Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for

greater detail.

H. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction

element.

I. Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement.

J. Network Diagram: A graphic diagram of a network schedule, showing activities and activity

relationships.

K. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of

an activity as scheduled.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals Schedule: Within 30 days after the execution of the Agreement between the Owner

and the Contractor submit to the Architect and Owner copies of the submittals schedule.

Arrange the following information in a tabular format:

1. Scheduled date for first submittal.

2. Specification Section number and title.

3. Submittal category (action or informational).

4. Name of subcontractor.

5. Description of the Work covered.

B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit, for the Owner’s and Architect’s information,

copies of the Contractor’s Construction Schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for the

entire construction period.

C. Field Condition Reports: Submit copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

D. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:

1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated.

2. PDF electronic file.

3. Amount of paper copies is to be established at Pre-Construciton Meeting .

E. Startup Network Diagram: Submit two paper copies, large enough to show entire network for

entire construction period, and via CD-ROM format. Show logic ties for activities.

F. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit two paper copies of initial schedule, large enough

via CD-ROM format to display entire schedule for entire construction period.

G. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.

H. Construction Reports: Submit two copies and PDF electronic file at weekly intervals.

I. Special Reports: Submit two copies and PDF electronic file at time of unusual event.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and

reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams as requested by Owner or

Architect.

B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in

Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures

related to the Preliminary Construction Schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule,

including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, area separations, interim milestones

and partial Owner occupancy.

2. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.

3. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.

4. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.

5. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting

agencies.

6. Review time required for completion and startup procedures.

7. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.

8. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures.

9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.

10. Review procedures for updating schedule.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of

construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of

subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required

schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties

involved.

2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule

them in proper sequence.

C. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with photographer and provide auxiliary services requested,

including access to Project site and use of temporary facilities including temporary lighting.

D. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with Owner's construction schedule for Owner's

own forces. Revise Contractor's construction schedule, if necessary, after a joint review and

mutual agreement. The construction schedule shall then constitute the schedule to be used by

Contractor, separate contractors and Owner until subsequently revised.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE

A. Preparation: Submit, for Architect’s approval, concurrently with the Contractor’s Construction

Schedule a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by

construction schedule. Include the following information:

1. Anticipated date of Architect’s receipt of submittal.

2. Number of business days allowed for Architect’s review of submittal.

3. Specification Section to which submittal relates.

4. Subcontractor, fabricator or supplier responsible for preparing the submittal.

5. Provide blank columns for actual date of submittal, re-submittal, and final-review status.

6. Systems Submittals: Identify submittals for systems such as fire alarms, and sprinklers,

on the transmittal and act upon the system singularly as a combined submittal.

B. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and

Contractor's Construction Schedule.

C. Refer to Section 01 33 00 “Submittal Procedures” for additional requirements.

2.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning &

Scheduling."

B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of Final

Completion.

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an

early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal

element of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 14 days, unless

specifically allowed by Architect.

2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and

major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule.

Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals,

purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 01

Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Include selection process activities for

finishes and products specified by allowances or specified to be selected during the

sample review process. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction

Schedule with Submittals Schedule.

4. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than seven (7) days for startup and testing.

5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for

Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures

necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of

punch list items and final completion.

7. Demonstration and Training: Training of Owner's personnel as indicated in Division 01

Section "Closeout Procedures."

D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and

as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.

2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.

3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by

Owner.

4. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

a. Coordination with existing construction.

b. Uninterruptible services.

c. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.

d. Use of premises restrictions.

e. Provisions for future construction.

f. Environmental control.

5. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the

Work, including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Subcontract awards.

b. Submittals.

c. Purchases.

d. Mockups.

e. Fabrication.

f. Sample testing.

g. Deliveries.

h. Installation.

i. Tests and inspections.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

j. Adjusting.

k. Curing.

l. Startup and placement into final use and operation.

6. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of

the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be

sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following:

a. Demolition.

b. Excavations of Foundations.

c. Structural completion.

d. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning.

e. Permanent space enclosure including roof, Notice of Acceptance (NOA) and

Florida (FL) product approvals.

f. Completion of mechanical installation.

g. Completion of electrical installation.

h. Substantial Completion.

E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but

not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion.

F. Cost Correlation: At the head of schedule, provide a cost correlation line, indicating planned

and actual costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed as of dates used for

preparation of payment requests.

1. Refer to Division 01 Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and

payment procedures.

G. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its

submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragmets to demonstrate the effect of the

proposed change on the overall project schedule.

2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE)

A. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a CPM network analysis

diagram.

1. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting

progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.

2. Use "one workday" as the unit of time.

B. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work.

Using the preliminary network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical

paths.

1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship

of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the

following activities:

a. Preparation and processing of submittals.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

b. Purchase of materials.

c. Delivery.

d. Fabrication.

e. Installation.

f. Utility interruptions.

g. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractors activities.

h. Testing and commissioning.

2. Processing: Process data to produce output data or a computer-drawn, time-scaled

network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary

to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.

C. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight "early start-total

float" sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.

2. Description of activity.

3. Principal events of activity.

4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.

5. Early and late start dates.

6. Early and late finish dates.

7. Activity duration in workdays.

8. Total float or slack time.

9. Average size of workforce.

10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the Schedule of Values).

D. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, and at time of submission

of Applications for payment, prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Identification of activities that have changed.

2. Changes in early and late start dates.

3. Changes in early and late finish dates.

4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.

5. Changes in the critical path.

6. Changes in total float or slack time.

7. Changes in the Contract Time.

2.4 REPORTS

A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence. Distribute

copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.

B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions

and the Contract Documents, prepare a detailed report. Submit with a request for information.

Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for

changing the Contract Documents.

C. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at

Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report.

List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 - 7

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these

events are known or predictable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect

actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly

scheduled progress meeting.

1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have

been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each

such meeting.

2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not

limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.

3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.

4. Notify Owner and Architect a minimum of one week prior to issuance of updated

schedule of all anticipated significant revisions to the project schedule.

B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors,

testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know

schedule responsibility.

1. Furnish Owner and Architect with an updated electronic version of the project schedule

each month in an electronic format.

2. Post electronic copies of the updated project schedule on the project website.

3. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.

4. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the

same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned

portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

A. Digital Images: Provide images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum

sensor size of 8 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 1600 by 1200 pixels and

400 dpi.

B. Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to clearly

show work. Photographs with blurry or out of focus areas are not acceptable. Maintain key

plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location.

C. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera,

without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image editing software.

1. Date and Time: Include date and room location in file name for each image.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 - 8

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images accessible in the field office at site,

available for reference. Identify images in the same manner as those submitted to

Architect.

D. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commencement of demolition, take photographs of area

and adjacent areas, including existing items to remain during construction, from different

vantage points, as directed by Architect.

1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs.

2. Take minimum 20 photographs to show existing conditions in work area and adjacent

areas before commencing work.

3. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent

structures, pavements, and improvements.

E. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take minimum 20 photographs weekly, with timing each

month adjusted to coincide with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment.

Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were

taken.

F. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Provide access for Owner to take a minimum of

20 color photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as project record

documents.

END OF SECTION 01 32 00

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 32 00 - 9

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings,

Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for

Payment.

2. Division 01 Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting

schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals

Schedule and construction photographs.

3. Division 01 Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection

reports and Delegated-Design Submittals and for erecting mockups.

4. Division 01 Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties Project

Record Documents and operation and maintenance manuals.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action.

B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive

action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.

C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and

from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet

protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within

which internal and external users are able to access files.

D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems

used for representing documents in a device independent and display resolution independent

fixed layout document format.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE

A. Preparation: Submit schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required

by construction schedule. Include the following information:

1. Anticipated date of Architect’s receipt of submittal.

2. Number of business days anticipated for Architect’s review. (Subject to Architect’s

acceptance.)

3. Specification Section to which submittal relates.

4. Subcontractor, fabricator or supplier responsible for preparing the submittal.

5. Provide blank columns for actual date of submittal, resubmittal, and final review status.

6. Systems Submittals: Identify submittals for systems such as fire alarms, exterior walls,

and curtain walls, on the transmittal and act upon the system singularly as a combined

submittal.

B. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and

Contractor's Construction Schedule.

C. Initial Submittal: Submit within 30 days of Owner’s authorization to proceed with construction.

Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to

maintain orderly progress of the work and those required early because of long lead time for

manufacture or fabrication.

D. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's

Construction Schedule.

E. Revisions: Notify Architect two weeks prior to any revisions to approved Final Submittal

Schedule.

2.2 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic digital data files of the Contract Drawings may be

provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.

1. Provide an executed Data Waiver form from each subcontractor, sub-subcontractor, and

supplier.

2. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data

drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of

construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other

submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Submit submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial

submittals for portions of the work are indicated on approved submittal schedule.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the work so

processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for

coordination. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring

coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring

coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Coordinated Layout Shop Drawing: Prepare Project specific 1/4 inch scale plans of each floor

which indicate collision free layout of air distribution, mechanical pipe distribution, plumbing,

sprinkler pipe distribution, raceways and conduit for distribution of electrical power, lowvoltage

controls, data cables, and access doors/panels.

1. Drawings are inherently diagrammatic in nature. Drawings represent required capacity

and coordination between major dimensions and design intent. The Drawings are not

assured of being free from interferences and conflicts due to Contractor's installation

methods and actual field conditions.

2. Coordinate drawings between the various trades and features of the general construction

in order to prepare the Coordinated Layout Shop Drawing. Review drawings and resolve

interference or conflict. Coordinate offsets, re-routings, resizing, and relocation of

material and equipment with each trade to resolve interference or conflicts at no

additional expense to Owner.

3. Where mechanical, plumbing, electrical, or similar work is exposed in an open ceiling,

run distribution tight to structure and conform to building lines to minimize turns and to

minimize length of run within the open ceiling. Locate distribution within concealed

ceilings wherever possible.

4. For equipment, valves, or other components which require access, locate them above

suspended acoustical tile ceilings wherever possible. Where such components must be

located above a hard ceiling, indicate locations and sizes of access panels per Section 08

31 13 “Access Doors and Frames”.

5. The requirement for a Coordinated Layout Shop Drawing does not replace the

requirement for each subcontractor to prepare shop drawings as required elsewhere in this

Project Manual.

D. Processing Time: Promptly submit submittals in accordance with the accepted schedule, to

prevent delay in the work. Architect’s and others’ ability to schedule and perform timely

submittal reviews is dependent on Contractor providing required submittals in accordance with

the Contractor’s approved submittal schedule per subsection Submittal Schedule. Allow ample

time for submittal review, including time for resubmittal. Time for review shall commence on

Architect's receipt of submittal.

1. Initial Review: Duration of initial submittal review shall be as agreed upon in the final

submittal schedule. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit

coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will advise Contractor when a

submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Delaying submittals to

facilitate coordination between submittals shall not constitute a delay of the work nor

shall it be the basis for an extension of time.

2. Concurrent Review: Concurrent review is a submittal that requires review by more than

one design discipline. Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect's consultants,

Owner, or other parties is required, submittal schedule shall reflect concurrent review.

Concurrent reviews are anticipated for, but not limited to, mechanical, plumbing,

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

electrical, and specialty work such as food service, audio/visual, and

data/communications.

3. Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where the Contract Documents indicate submittals

may be transmitted directly to Architect's consultants, provide duplicate copy of

transmittal to Architect. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to

Contractor.

4. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

5. Number of days for processing each resubmittal shall be as agreed upon in the final

submittal schedule.

6. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit

submittals enough in advance of the work to permit processing.

E. Identification and Information: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic

submittal file.

1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file with links enabling

navigation to each item.

2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier chronologically, including

revision identifier.

3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval

markings and action taken by Architect.

4. Include the following information on an inserted cover sheet:

a. Project name.

b. Date.

c. Name and address of Architect.

d. Name and address of Contractor.

e. Name and address of firm or entity that prepared submittal.

f. Name and address of subcontractor.

g. Name and address of supplier.

h. Name and address of manufacturer.

i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.

j. Unique identifier, including revision number. Submittals shall be numbered

consecutively and the numbering system shall be retained throughout all revisions.

k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

l. Other necessary identification.

5. Include the following information as keywords in the electronic file metadata:

a. Project name.

b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.

c. Manufacturer name.

d. Product name.

F. Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Architect.

G. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.

H. Transmittal: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and

handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals,

without review, received from sources other than Contractor.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Transmittal Form: Use facsimile of sample form included in Project Manual.

a. Project name and Architect's project number.

b. Contractor's name and contractor's job number.

c. Date.

d. Destination (To:).

e. Source (From:).

f. Name of Contractor's personnel responsible for the review.

g. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.

h. Scheduled submittal date.

i. Scheduled submittal return date.

j. Category and type of submittal; Shop Drawing Product Data, Samples, Action

Submittal, Informational Submittal.

k. Submittal purpose and description.

l. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.

m. Contractor's remarks: explanation of exceptions and deviations from the Contract

Documents.

n. Signature of transmitter.

2. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant

information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on

previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents,

including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as

related submittal.

I. Resubmission: Unless corrected copies are required for final submittal due to Architect's

observance of noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal may

serve as final submittal.

1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of

copies to Architect.

2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action

taken and will be returned.

3. Resubmit submittals until marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.

J. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,

fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of

construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

K. Use for Construction: Use final submittals marked with approval notation from Architect's

action stamp.

L. Substitution requests are not allowed in the form of submittals. Make each request for

substitutions in accordance with Section 01 25 00 “Substitution Procedures”.

2.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by

individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification

Sections.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files directly to Project FTP site specifically

established for Project. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one

copy of file as an electronic Project record document file.

2. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of

entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be

signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that

entity. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically submitted

certificates and certifications where indicated.

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and

type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data

are not suitable for use, then submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

3. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.

b. Manufacturer's product specifications.

c. Manufacturer's installation instructions.

d. Standard color charts.

e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.

f. Wiring diagrams showing factory installed wiring.

g. Printed performance curves.

h. Operational range diagrams.

i. Mill reports.

j. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals.

k. Compliance with recognized trade association standards.

l. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.

m. Application of testing agency labels and seals.

n. Notation of coordination requirements.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:

a. Wiring diagrams showing factory installed wiring.

b. Printed performance curves.

c. Operational range diagrams.

d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop

Drawings.

5. Submit Product Data in PDF electronic file.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Use of the

Contract Drawings is limited to digital reproduction of exterior wall layout, interior partition

layout, grid lines, doors, and windows. Do not base Shop Drawings on standard printed data.

1. Preparation: Include the following information:

a. Dimensions.

b. Identification of products.

c. Fabrication and installation drawings.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

d. Roughing in and setting diagrams.

e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, & control

wiring.

f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions.

g. Templates and patterns.

h. Schedules.

i. Design calculations.

j. Compliance with specified standards.

k. Notation of coordination requirements.

l. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.

2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer installed and field installed

wiring.

3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full size drawings, submit Shop

Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2” by 11” but no larger than 30” by 42”.

4. Submit Shop Drawings on opaque (bond) paper for each submittal. Architect will return

one copy. In addition to paper submittal, provide a PDF electronic file if requested by the

Architect.

a. Drawings including Structural, Mechanical, Plumbing, Electrical, Fire Protection

or other engineering disciplines: Submit 3 copies.

b. Drawings requiring only Architectural review: Submit 2 copies.

D. Samples: Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories

together in one submittal package.

1. Samples: Submit full size units or Samples of size indicated prepared from the same

material to be used for the work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically

identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture

variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial

sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials;

complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and

pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.

2. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review

of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated.

Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following:

a. Generic description of Sample.

b. Product name or name of manufacturer.

c. Sample source.

3. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of

characteristics with elements and for a comparison of characteristics between final

submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

a. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the

product represented by a Sample, submit minimum three sets of samples that show

the range of variations.

b. Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that

illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections,

operation, and similar construction characteristics.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 7

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

4. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample

sets; remainder will be returned. Submit a single Sample where assembly details,

workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar

characteristics are to be demonstrated.

5. Systems Submittals: Identify submittals for systems such as fire alarms on the transmittal

and act upon the system singularly as a combined submittal. If resubmission is required,

resubmit entire system submittal.

6. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at site, available for quality control

comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to

determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.

a. Samples that may be incorporated into the work are indicated in individual

Specification Sections. Samples shall be in an undamaged condition at time of

use.

b. Samples not incorporated into the work, or otherwise designated as Owner's

property, are the property of Contractor.

E. Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for

the work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product.

2. Number and name of room or space.

3. Location within room or space.

F. Delegated Design Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 01 40 00 “Quality

Requirements”.

G. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Section 01 32 00

“Construction Progress Documentation” for action required.

H. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in subsection 1.

I. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Section 01 29 00 “Payment

Procedures”.

J. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Section 01 29 00 “Payment Procedures”.

K. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each

portion of the work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a

special design. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying

products.

2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.

3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

4. Submit subcontract list in PDF electronic file.

L. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 31 00 “Project

Management and Coordination”.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 8

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

M. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience

of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact

information of architects and owners, and other information specified.

N. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel

comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure

Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on American Welding Society (AWS) forms.

Include names of firms and personnel certified.

O. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that

Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is

authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

P. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying

that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of

manufacturing experience where required.

Q. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that

product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

R. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that

material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

S. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's

standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with

requirements in the Contract Documents.

T. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating current product produced by

manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on

evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or

on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

U. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from ICC-ES that product complies with building

code in effect for Project. Include the following information:

1. Name of evaluation organization.

2. Date of evaluation.

3. Time period when report is in effect.

4. Product and manufacturers' names.

5. Description of product.

6. Test procedures and results.

7. Limitations of use.

V. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 40 00

“Quality Requirements”.

W. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing

agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation

of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 9

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

X. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing

agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed

before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate

preparation needed for adhesion.

Y. Field Test Reports: Submit reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed

either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for

compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Z. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 73 00 “Execution”.

AA. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,

performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.

Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads.

Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for

calculations. Include page numbers.

BB.

Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents

manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a

product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of

manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:

1. Preparation of substrates.

2. Required substrate tolerances.

3. Sequence of installation or erection.

4. Required installation tolerances.

5. Required adjustments.

6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.

CC.

Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized

service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory authorized service representative

making report.

2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.

3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.

4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with

requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.

5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance

complies with requirements.

6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

DD. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of

insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of

coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.

EE.

Construction Photographs: Comply with requirements in Section 01 32 00 “Construction

Progress Documentation”.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 10

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

FF.

Daily Construction Reports: Comply with requirements in Section 01 32 00 “Construction

Progress Documentation”.

GG. Certified Surveys: Comply with requirements in Section 01 73 00 “Execution”.

2.4 DELEGATED DESIGN SERVICES

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a

design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide

products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. If

criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written

request for additional information to Architect.

B. CAD Drawings: In addition to drawings sheets required elsewhere in this specification, provide

digital files of delegated design submittals in CAD (.dwg) format, release 2004 or earlier.

C. Delegated Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and

required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file paper copies of certificate,

signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system

specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the

Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing

these services.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note

corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name

and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date

of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed,

coordinated, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. If conditions

are not satisfied, then Architect will return submittal without action, except to record

noncompliance with requirements.

3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and

will return them without action.

B. Submittals Reviewed as “Make Corrections as Noted”: Architect reserves the right to request

from Contractor revised submittals reviewed as “Make Corrections as Noted” for confirmation

of such corrections is understood by Contractor.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 11

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

C. Action Submittals: Architect will review each properly executed submittal, make marks to

indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will reject and return

submittals not complying with requirements. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action

stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:

1. No Exceptions Taken: No further review of Submittal required.

2. Make Corrections as Noted: Incorporate corrections in Work; resubmittal is not required.

If Contractor cannot comply with corrections as noted, revise to respond to exceptions

and resubmit. Architect reserves the right to request from Contractor revised submittals

for confirmation of such corrections is understood by Contractor.

3. Revise and Resubmit: Revise as noted and resubmit for further review.

4. Resubmit Properly: Submittal not reviewed because it does not contain Contractor's

signature indicating its review and approval, and/or is not in proper condition for review.

Resubmit.

5. Not Reviewed: Submittal is not required by Contract Documents.

D. Informational Submittals: Architect may review each submittal and will not return it, or will

reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each

submittal to appropriate party.

E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded

or returned marked "Not Reviewed."

END OF SECTION 01 33 00

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 - 12

Copyright 2011 Gensler


a~í~=qê~åëÑÉê=^ÖêÉÉãÉåí=

Gensler

Entity Requesting Data

(“Transferee”)

Transferee Contact

Name

Project

Oceanview Renovation

Project Number

13.7123.000

Client

300 N Osceola Avenue, Clearwater, FL 33755

Date

1C

1 of 1

qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=Ü~ë=~ëâÉÇ=dÉåëäÉê=íç=éêçîáÇÉ=ÉäÉÅíêçåáÅ=ÅçéáÉë=çÑI=çê=~ÅÅÉëë=íçI=ÅÉêí~áå=Çê~ïáåÖëI=ëéÉÅáÑáÅ~íáçåëI=çê=çíÜÉê=ÇçÅìãÉåíëI=`^a=Ç~í~=ÑáäÉëI=

~åÇLçê= ÄìáäÇáåÖ= áåÑçêã~íáçå= ãçÇÉäë= EÅçääÉÅíáîÉäóI= “a~í~ÒF= éêÉé~êÉÇ=Äó=dÉåëäÉê=~åÇLçê=áíë=Åçåëìäí~åíë=EÅçääÉÅíáîÉäó=“dÉåëäÉêÒF=Ñçê=íÜÉ=mêçàÉÅíK=

dÉåëäÉê=~ÖêÉÉë=íç=éêçîáÇÉ=qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=ïáíÜ=íÜÉ=êÉèìÉëíÉÇ=a~í~I=ìåÇÉê=íÜÉ=íÉêãë=çÑ=íÜáë=a~í~=qê~åëÑÉê=^ÖêÉÉãÉåí=E“^ÖêÉÉãÉåíÒFK=

NK=

OK=

PK=

QK=

RK=

SK=

TK=

UK=

VK=

File

This is page

qÜÉ=íê~åëÑÉê=çÑ=íÜÉ=a~í~=áë=åçí=~åÇ=ëÜ~ää=åçí=ÄÉ=ÇÉÉãÉÇ=~=ë~äÉK==qÜÉ=a~í~=~êÉ=áåëíêìãÉåíë=çÑ=ëÉêîáÅÉK==dÉåëäÉê=ëÜ~ää=ÄÉ=ÇÉÉãÉÇ=íÜÉ=a~í~Ûë=

~ìíÜçê=~åÇ=ëÜ~ää=êÉí~áå=~ää=éêçéêáÉí~êó=êáÖÜíëI=áåÅäìÇáåÖ=~åó=ÅçéóêáÖÜíëI=ÉãÄçÇáÉÇ=íÜÉêÉáåK=

qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=ã~ó=íê~åëÑÉê=íÜÉ=a~í~=íç=áíë=Åçåíê~ÅíçêëI=ëìÄÅçåíê~ÅíçêëI=ëìééäáÉêëI=~åÇ=Åçåëìäí~åíë=EÅçääÉÅíáîÉäó=“líÜÉêëÒFI=éêçîáÇÉÇ=qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=

êÉèìáêÉë=íÜÉ=líÜÉêë=íç=ÄÉ=ÄçìåÇ=Äó=íÜáë=^ÖêÉÉãÉåí=~ë=áÑ=íÜÉó=ïÉêÉ=íÜÉ=qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=áå=íÜáë=^ÖêÉÉãÉåíK==qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=~åÇ=líÜÉêë=ã~ó=ìëÉ=íÜÉ=a~í~=

çåäó=Ñçê=éìêéçëÉë=êÉä~íÉÇ=íç=íÜÉ=mêçàÉÅíK=

qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ= ~ÅâåçïäÉÇÖÉë= íÜ~í= ~åçã~äáÉë= ~åÇ= Éêêçêë= ã~ó= çÅÅìê= ïÜÉå= íÜÉ= a~í~= áë= íê~åëÑÉêêÉÇ= ÉäÉÅíêçåáÅ~ääó= çê= ìëÉÇ= áå= ~å= áåÅçãé~íáÄäÉ=

ÅçãéìíÉê=ÉåîáêçåãÉåíK==qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=ëçäÉäó=~ÅÅÉéíë=íÜÉ=êáëâë=~ëëçÅá~íÉÇ=ïáíÜI=~åÇ=íÜÉ=êÉëéçåëáÄáäáíó=ÑçêI=~åó=Ç~ã~ÖÉë=íç=Ü~êÇï~êÉI=ëçÑíï~êÉI=

ÅçãéìíÉê=ëóëíÉãëI=çê=åÉíïçêâë=êÉä~íÉÇ=íç=íÜÉ=a~í~Ûë=íê~åëÑÉê=çê=ìëÉK==dÉåëäÉê=ëÜ~ää=Ü~îÉ=åç=êÉëéçåëáÄáäáíó=íç=éêçîáÇÉ=ëçÑíï~êÉ=çê=íê~áåáåÖ=íç=

~ääçï=qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=íç=ìëÉ=íÜÉ=a~í~K=

dÉåëäÉê=ëÜ~ää=Ü~îÉ=åç=Çìíó=íç=ãçÇáÑó=çê=ìéÇ~íÉ=íÜÉ=a~í~K==dÉåëäÉê=ã~ó=êÉí~áå=~å=~êÅÜáî~ä=Åçéó=çÑ=íÜÉ=a~í~I=ïÜáÅÜ=ëÜ~ää=ÄÉ=ÅçåÅäìëáîÉ=éêççÑ=

~åÇ=ÖçîÉêå=áå=~åó=ÇáëéìíÉ=çîÉê=íÜÉ=a~í~Ûë=Ñçêã=çê=ÅçåíÉåíK=

qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=~ÖêÉÉë=íç=áåÇÉãåáÑóI=ÇÉÑÉåÇ=~åÇ=ÜçäÇ=dÉåëäÉêI=áíë=çÑÑáÅÉêëI=ÇáêÉÅíçêëI=ëÜ~êÉÜçäÇÉêëI=ÉãéäçóÉÉëI=~ÖÉåíëI=~åÇ=Åçåëìäí~åíë=Ü~êãäÉëë=

Ñêçã=~åÇ=~Ö~áåëí=~åó=~åÇ=~ää=Åä~áãëI=äá~ÄáäáíáÉëI=ëìáíëI=ÇÉã~åÇëI=äçëëÉëI=Ç~ã~ÖÉëI=ÅçëíëI=~åÇ=ÉñéÉåëÉëI=áåÅäìÇáåÖI=Äìí=åçí=äáãáíÉÇ=íçI=êÉ~ëçå~ÄäÉ=

~ííçêåÉóëÛ=ÑÉÉë=~åÇ=~ää=äÉÖ~ä=ÉñéÉåëÉë=~åÇ=ÑÉÉë=áåÅìêêÉÇ=íÜêçìÖÜ=~ééÉ~äI=~åÇ=~ää=áåíÉêÉëí=íÜÉêÉçåI=~ÅÅêìáåÖ=íç=çê=êÉëìäíáåÖ=Ñêçã=~åó=~åÇ=~ää=

éÉêëçåëI=Ñáêãë=çê=~åó=çíÜÉê=äÉÖ~ä=ÉåíáíáÉë=çå=~ÅÅçìåí=çÑ=~åó=Ç~ã~ÖÉë=çê=äçëëÉë=íç=éêçéÉêíó=çê=éÉêëçåëI=áåÅäìÇáåÖI=Äìí=åçí=äáãáíÉÇ=íçI=áåàìêáÉëI=

ÇÉ~íÜ=çê=ÉÅçåçãáÅ=äçëëÉëI=~êáëáåÖ=çìí=çÑ=qê~åëÑÉêÉÉÛë=çê=líÜÉêëÛ=ìëÉI=êÉìëÉI=íê~åëÑÉêI=çê=ãçÇáÑáÅ~íáçå=çÑ=íÜÉ=a~í~I=ÉñÅÉéí=ïÜÉêÉ=~=Åçìêí=çê=

Ñçêìã=çÑ=ÅçãéÉíÉåí=àìêáëÇáÅíáçå=ÇÉíÉêãáåÉë=íÜ~í=dÉåëäÉê=áë=ëçäÉäó=äá~ÄäÉ=Ñçê=ëìÅÜ=Ç~ã~ÖÉë=çê=äçëëÉëK=

fÑ=qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=Ñ~áäë=íç=éÉêÑçêã=çê=çÄëÉêîÉ=~åó=çÑ=íÜÉ=íÉêãë=çÑ=íÜáë=^ÖêÉÉãÉåíI=dÉåëäÉê=ã~ó=ÇÉã~åÇI=~åÇ=qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=áããÉÇá~íÉäó=ëÜ~ää=êÉíìêåI=

íÜÉ=a~í~=~åÇ=~åó=ÅçéáÉë=íÜÉêÉçÑK=

qç=íÜÉ=ÉñíÉåí=íÜÉ=a~í~=áåÅäìÇÉ=ÄìáäÇáåÖ=áåÑçêã~íáçå=ãçÇÉäë=E“jçÇÉäëÒFI=íÜÉ=é~êíáÉë=~ÖêÉÉ=íç=íÜÉ=ÑçääçïáåÖ=~ÇÇáíáçå~ä=íÉêãëW=EáF=qÜÉ=jçÇÉäë=

~êÉ=áåíÉåÇÉÇ=Ñçê=íÜÉ=éìêéçëÉ=çÑ=ÅçããìåáÅ~íáåÖ=ÇÉëáÖå=áåíÉåíK==tÜáäÉ=íÜÉó=ã~ó=ÄÉ=ÜÉäéÑìä=íç=áääìëíê~íÉ=ÅçåÑäáÅíë=çê=áåÅçåëáëíÉåÅáÉë=áå=íÜÉ=

ÇÉëáÖåI=íÜÉ=jçÇÉäë=ã~ó=åçí=ÇÉíÉÅí=~ää=ÅçåÑäáÅíë=çê=áåÅçåëáëíÉåÅáÉëK==EááF=^åó=ìëÉ=çÑ=íÜÉ=jçÇÉäë=Ñçê=íÜÉ=éìêéçëÉ=çÑ=ÖÉåÉê~íáåÖ=èì~åíáíó=í~âÉJçÑÑë=

çê=Åçëí=Éëíáã~íÉëI=çê=Ñçê=Ñ~ÄêáÅ~íáçåI=ïáää=ÄÉ=~í=íÜÉ=qê~åëÑÉêÉÉÛë=ëçäÉ=êáëâK==EáááF=^ë=ïáíÜ=dÉåëäÉêÛë=çíÜÉê=ëÉêîáÅÉë=~åÇ=ÇÉäáîÉê~ÄäÉëI=íÜÉ=jçÇÉäë=ïáää=

ÄÉ=éêÉé~êÉÇ=ìëáåÖ=íÜ~í=ÇÉÖêÉÉ=çÑ=ëâáää=~åÇ=Å~êÉ=ÉñÉêÅáëÉÇ=Äó=äáÅÉåëÉÇ=éêçÑÉëëáçå~äë=éê~ÅíáÅáåÖ=áå=íÜÉ=ë~ãÉ=ÅçããìåáíóI=ìåÇÉê=íÜÉ=ë~ãÉ=çê=ëáãáä~ê=

ÅáêÅìãëí~åÅÉëK==qÜÉ=jçÇÉäë=ã~ó=Åçåí~áåI=çê=ÄÉ=Ä~ëÉÇ=ìéçåI=Ç~í~=çê=áåÑçêã~íáçå=éêçîáÇÉÇ=Äó=çíÜÉêëK==dÉåëäÉê=Ü~ë=êÉäáÉÇ=ìéçå=ëìÅÜ=Ç~í~=çê=

áåÑçêã~íáçå=~ë=áë=ÅçåëáëíÉåí=ïáíÜ=íÜáë=ëí~åÇ~êÇ=çÑ=Å~êÉK==EáîF=fåÑçêã~íáçå=Åçåí~áåÉÇ=áå=íÜÉ=jçÇÉäë=ïáää=åçí=ÄÉ=ÅçåëíêìÉÇ=íç=ÇáÅí~íÉ=ÅçåëíêìÅíáçå=

ãÉ~åë=çê=ãÉíÜçÇëI=ïÜáÅÜ=ïáää=êÉã~áå=íÜÉ=Åçåíê~ÅíçêÛë=êÉëéçåëáÄáäáíóK==EîF=qç=íÜÉ=ÉñíÉåí=çÑ=~åó=ÅçåÑäáÅí=ÄÉíïÉÉå=áåÑçêã~íáçå=Åçåí~áåÉÇ=áåI=çê=

ÖÉåÉê~íÉÇ=ÄóI=íÜÉ=jçÇÉäë=~åÇ=dÉåëäÉêÛë=Çê~ïáåÖë=~åÇ=ëéÉÅáÑáÅ~íáçåëI=íÜÉ=ä~ííÉê=ÇçÅìãÉåíë=ïáää=éêÉî~áäK=

qÜáë=^ÖêÉÉãÉåí=ëÜ~ää=ÄÉ=ÖçîÉêåÉÇ=Äó=íÜÉ=ä~ï=çÑ=íÜÉ=äçÅ~íáçå=çÑ=dÉåëäÉêÛë=çÑÑáÅÉ=áÇÉåíáÑáÉÇ=~í=íÜÉ=Äçííçã=çÑ=íÜáë=^ÖêÉÉãÉåíK=

få=~åó=äÉÖ~ä=éêçÅÉÉÇáåÖ=íç=ÉåÑçêÅÉ=íÜáë=^ÖêÉÉãÉåíI=íÜÉ=éêÉî~áäáåÖ=é~êíó=ëÜ~ää=ÄÉ=ÉåíáíäÉÇ=íç=êÉÅçîÉê=áíë=êÉ~ëçå~ÄäÉ=~ííçêåÉóëÛ=ÑÉÉë=~åÇ=Åçëíë=çÑ=

ÇÉÑÉåëÉK=

NMK= råäÉëë=çíÜÉêïáëÉ=ÉñéäáÅáíäó=~ÖêÉÉÇ=íç=áå=ïêáíáåÖ=Äó=íÜÉ=é~êíáÉëI=íÜáë=^ÖêÉÉãÉåí=ëÜ~ää=ÖçîÉêå=~åó=~åÇ=~ää=ÑìíìêÉ=Ç~í~=íê~åëÑÉêë=íç=qê~åëÑÉêÉÉ=Äó=

dÉåëäÉêK=

Gensler Authorization by

Date Signed

Stephen Swicegood

On behalf of M. Arthur Gensler Jr.,

California Registration No. C4622

Transferee Authorization

by

Date Signed

= NMN=j~êáÉíí~=píêÉÉíI=kt=

ë:\13.7123.000\documentation\5 - design & specifications\5ps - project manual, specifications\110426_rev current

specs\div_01 gen requiremts\01 33 01 data xfer agreement.docx=

pìáíÉ=PMMM=

= ^íä~åí~= dÉçêÖá~==PMPMP=

= qÉäW= QMQKRMTKNMMM=

aq|NNMRMU= c~ñW= QMQKRMTKNMMN


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 33 10 - COORDINATION DRAWINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: Provide coordination drawings for all mechanical, plumbing, fire protection and

electrical work. Provide shop drawings for mechanical, plumbing, fire protection and

electrical work in accordance with the Construction Contract.

1.2 INTENT

1. Prepare and submit Coordination Drawings for mechanical, plumbing, fire

protection and electrical work to the Architect for review in the same manner as

required for mechanical and electrical shop drawings.

2. The requirements for Coordination Drawings specified herein are in addition to

the provisions of the “Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples” provisions of

the General Conditions/ Supplementary General Conditions, Submittal

Procedures of the Construction Contract; wherever conflicts arise, the more

stringent shall apply. Coordination Drawings are considered to be one form of

shop drawings.

3. Maintain at project site an orderly file of Coordination Drawings available for

reference during regular working hours to Owner, Architect and their

representatives.

A. It is the intent of this section to establish the requirements and standards for the submittal

of coordination drawings for the project.

B. It is the intention of the Owner to receive the coordination drawings for the project in the

form of color-coordinated, discipline-layered, computer-generated plots, utilizing CAD

version 2004 as the common basis for development.

C. It is the intention of the Owner to make available to the Contractor the electronic base

drawings developed for the project by the Architect and his consultants, for the

preparation of the coordination drawings. The right-to-use the electronic base drawings

developed by the Architect and his consultants will be subject to the execution of an

Architect furnished Data Transfer Agreement Waiver by each sub-contractor wishing to

utilize the electronic base drawings. The Data Transfer Agreement Waiver will be

executed by each sub-contractor desiring access to the electronic base drawings prior to

their release.

1.3 RELATED WORK

A. Shop Drawing Preparation and Submittal Procedures: Refer to Section 01 33 00

“Submittal Procedures”.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01 33 10 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. Record Drawings: Refer to Section 01 77 00 “Closeout Procedures”.

1.4 MISCELLANEOUS

A. All coordinated drawing submittals shall be routed through, and reviewed by, the

Contractor prior to distribution to the Architect.

B. Prepare Coordination Drawings in sufficient time to allow for review by the Architect

and correction by the Contractor so as not to delay the work. It should be noted that the

submittal of Coordination Drawings is in addition to, and does not replace the

requirement for, submittal of shop drawings for individual trades as required in the

Construction Contract, and the individual section of the specifications.

C. Generally, not less than ten (10) working days plus mailing or transportation time shall be

allowed for processing and review of a coordinated drawing submittal. This review

period and the procedures for submitting coordination drawings shall be the same as

those described in the Construction Contract.

D. Coordinated Drawing submittals returned by the Architect to the Contractor shall bear an

action stamp, indicating that they have been reviewed for the record “with” or “without”

comments in accordance with submittal procedures and that stated in Construction

Contract.

E. Submit Coordination Drawings involving sleeves before related structural shop drawings

are submitted.

PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Electronic Documents

1. Prepare original Coordination Drawings using a uniform drawing size.

2. Each trade contributing to the development of the electronic coordination

drawings shall be assigned a unique CADD layer. The layers and the assignment

of colors and pen weights shall be in accordance with the Architect’s CADD

layering standards.

3. The Coordination Drawings shall be plotted at a scale of not less than 3/16-inch

= 1'-0".

4. All components of the coordination drawings shall be prepared at the same scale,

and shall utilize common origin points.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01 33 10 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

5. Detail complex areas of the building systems at larger scales than that used for

the typical floor plans to provide a clear representation of the work being

described.

6. The Coordination Drawings shall be submitted on a composite floor-by-floor

basis and shall include representations of the work of all trades for the particular

floor being submitted.

7. Each trade shall be assigned graphic symbols that will allow the Architect and his

consultants to read the drawings when composed into a single black & white plot

for submittal. No two trades shall share the same graphic symbols.

8. At the option of the Contractor, submittal of Coordination Drawings may be in

the form of color plots. In this case, the submitted drawings would be plotted

utilizing the layers and colors assigned to the respective trades. The drawings

should contain a color key to allow the Architect and his consultants to

understand the work of each represented trade without accessing the CADD

drawings.

9. Ductwork, as the major item of coordination, shall be drawn at full size (double

line with allowance for sound lining, insulation, connection flanges and

reinforcing) and shall be shaded to demonstrate its impact on coordination with

other trades. Single line diagrams will not be acceptable.

10. Coordination Drawings shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of

paragraph 3.2, Coordination Drawing Preparation.

11. The composite Coordination Drawings submitted for review shall bear the signed

approval stamp of each of the trades and/or subcontractors affected by the

submission to indicate that the final composite drawings accurately represents

represent their work in coordination with other trades. The Contractor, following

his review of the final composite drawings, shall affix his signed approval stamp

to the submission to indicate that the submission represents the coordination that

has taken place between the trades. The final composite Coordination Drawings

shall be keyed and cross-referenced to the Contract Drawings.

12. The Contract Drawings, prepared by the Architect and his consultants, as noted

above, may be utilized as the basis for the development of the Contractor’s,

Coordination Drawings provided all contributing trades execute CADD Waivers,

in the format furnished by the Architect. The drawings prepared by the Architect

and his consultants utilize the Architect’s CADD Standards a summary of which

will be furnished upon request by the Contractor. Should the Contractor utilize

the Architect’s base drawings in the preparation of his Coordination Drawings, it

shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify all dimensions and

conditions related to the installation of his systems prior to submission of the

drawings for review. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the assignment

of layers to his trades and in the management of the database resulting from the

development of the drawings

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01 33 10 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

13. As part of the Contractor’s submittal, a CD-ROM version of the submittal

containing all relative data utilized in the preparation of the Coordination

Drawings shall be submitted to the Architect as a reference document to support

the Contractor’s submittal. This CD-ROM shall contain active drawings that are

indexed and available for review and plotting to enhance the Architect’s review

of the drawing. Three (3) copies of the CD-ROM shall be submitted to the

Architect.

14. Relocations required due to work installed or modified prior to review of

Coordination Drawings, shall be made without additional expense to the Owner.

B. Paper Documents:

1. Prepare Coordination Drawings at a scale of not less than 3/16-inch = 1'-0".

2. All components of the coordination drawings shall be prepared at the same scale,

and shall utilize common registration points to permit overlaying on light tables.

3. Detail complex areas of the building systems at larger scales than that used for

the typical floor plans to provide a clear representation of the work being

described.

4. The Coordination Drawings shall be submitted on a composite floor-by-floor

basis and shall include representations of the work of all trades for the particular

floor being submitted.

5. Each trade shall be assigned graphic symbols that will allow the Architect and his

consultants to read the drawings when composed into a single black & white

drawing for submittal. No two trades shall share the same graphic symbols.

6. Ductwork, as the major item of coordination, shall be shown at full size (double

line with allowance for sound lining, insulation, connection flanges and

reinforcing) and shall be shaded to demonstrate its impact on coordination with

other trades. Single line diagrams will not be acceptable.

7. Coordination Drawings shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of

paragraph 3.2, Coordination Drawing Preparation.

8. The composite Coordination Drawings submitted for review shall bear the signed

approval stamp of each of the trades and/or subcontractors affected by the

submission to indicate that the final composite drawings accurately represents

their work in coordination with other trades. The Contractor, following his

review of the final composite drawings, shall affix his signed approval stamp to

the submission to indicate that the submission represents the coordination that

has taken place between the trades. The final composite Coordination Drawings

shall be keyed and cross-referenced to the Contract Drawings.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01 33 10 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

9. The Contract Drawings, prepared by the Architect and his consultants shall not

be considered, or utilized as, Coordination Drawings for fabrication or

installation by the trades and/or sub-contractors.

10. Relocations required due to work installed or modified prior to review of

Coordination Drawings, shall be made without additional expense to the Owner.

3.2 COORDINATION DRAWING PREPARATION

A. The Coordination Drawings, prepared either by electronic or manual means, shall use a

common architectural and structural layout as a background. Separate overlay drawings

or CADD layers shall be prepared for the following areas of work.

1. Ductwork, diffuser locations, mechanical piping, mechanical equipment,

plumbing and automatic temperature control.

2. Sprinkler System.

3. Electrical.

4. Reflected ceiling plans.

B. Mechanical Coordination Drawings: Show the sizes and bottom elevations of rectangular

ductwork. Show the sizes and center line elevations of round ductwork, piping and

conduit runs. Show acoustical lining in ductwork, flange dimensions, reinforcement and

insulation for ductwork, as well as flange dimensions and insulation for all pipes, etc.

Identify low, medium and high pressure ductwork. Dimension the location of all major

components such as VAV boxes, dampers, valves, cleanouts, and electrical distribution

equipment and pull boxes from column centerlines. Show the orientation of all equipment

requiring electrical connections and indicate, where required, the location of architectural

access panels as may be required by code or to facilitate maintenance.

C. Electrical Coordination Drawings: Show vertical and horizontal conduit runs 1-1/4 inch

and larger, lighting fixtures, smoke detectors, panel boards, switch boards, switchgear,

transformer, distribution equipment, busways, pull boxes, generator and motor control

centers, exit signs and emergency battery packs. Dimension the location of all major

components from column centerlines and indicate, where required, code required

clearances by cross-hatching. Show the requirements for the location of architectural

access panels required to comply with code, or to facilitate maintenance.

D. Coordination Drawings: shall show all openings and sleeve locations required in cast-inplace

concrete slabs, walls, beams and other structural elements, including openings

necessary but not shown on structural drawings, and deviations in the location of holes

shown on structural drawings. Specifically note or indicate relocated openings and new

openings.

E. Deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be encircled, the

reason for the deviation shall be stated, and approval of the deviation shall be requested.

F. Show double lines for all ductwork and pipes 6 inches and larger. Show single lines for

all electrical work, conduit runs and lines below the sizes noted above. Draw busways to

scale.

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01 33 10 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

G. Show offsets, fittings and similar items necessary to accomplish the requirements of

coordination without additional expense to the Owner.

H. Prior to the submission of final Coordination Drawings, verify dimensions in the field.

3.3 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Keep the originals of the Coordination Drawings up-to-date with revisions which reflect

the actual construction.

B. Submit the originals of the Coordination Drawings to the Architect for the Owner at the

completion of all work, corrected by the Contractor, if so required, and returned to the

Architect prior to final payment to the Contractor. Refer to Section 01 77 00, Closeout

Procedures.

END OF SECTION 01 33 10

COORDINATION DRAWINGS 01 33 10 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and

quality control.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for developing a

schedule of required tests and inspections.

2. Division 01 Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for repair and restoration of construction

disturbed by testing and inspecting activities.

3. Division 01 Section 01 73 29 “Cutting and Patching” for repair or remove and replace

defective construction as well as restoration of damaged substrates and finishes.

4. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.

1.3 DESCRIPTION

A. The Owner may engage independent Testing and Inspection Agencies to verify the adequacy of

the Contractor’s quality control program. The scope and extent of the Quality Control Testing

and Inspection is as specified in the technical specification sections for the following items of

work:

1. Testing and Inspection of structural steel framing as specified in Division 05 “Structural

Steel Framing”.

2. Testing and Inspection of metal decking as specified in Division 05 ” Steel Decking”.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during

execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed

construction complies with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after

execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements.

Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

C. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before

products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance

with specified criteria.

D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing

agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to

establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

E. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source (e.g.,

plant, mill, factory, or shop).

F. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation

of the Work and for completed Work.

G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing

laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

H. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an

employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,

including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that

certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or

that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).

I. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully

completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project;

being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of

authorities having jurisdiction.

J. Professional Engineer: Engineer currently licensed to practice in the State of Florida.

1.5 DELEGATED DESIGN

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a

design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide

products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit

a written request for additional information to Architect.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.6 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards

establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply

with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but

apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be

the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the

minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits.

To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as

appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision

before proceeding.

1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and

responsibilities.

B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel.

C. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction,

submit copy of written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having jurisdiction before

starting work on the following systems:

1. Main wind-force-resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the wind-forceresisting

system quality-assurance plan prepared by Architect.

D. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to

demonstrate their capabilities and experience. The agencies shall submit to the Architect a copy

of the report of inspection of the agencies’ testing laboratory’s facilities made by the Materials

Reference Laboratory of the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) during the

most recent tour of inspection, including any memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies

reported by the inspection.

E. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:

1. Specification Section number and title.

2. Description of test and inspection.

3. Identification of applicable standards.

4. Identification of test and inspection methods.

5. Number of tests and inspections required.

6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.

7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.

8. Requirements for obtaining samples.

9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.8 TEST SAMPLES

A. Test samples, as specified, or as may be deem necessary by the Architect, will be procured from

the various materials or equipment delivered by the Contractor for use in the work.

B. If any of the samples selected for testing fail to meet the requirements of the Contract

Documents, such materials or equipment shall be subject to removal and replacement by the

Contractor. These non-conforming materials shall be replaced with materials or equipment

meeting the requirements of the Contract Document. At the discretion of the Owner, the

installed defective material and equipment may be permitted to remain in place subject to a

proper adjustment of the Contract Sum.

C. The costs of tests for material samples delivered but not installed will be borne by the Owner,

except where laboratory tests are required by the specifications. If such tests reveal failure of

materials to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the costs of such tests

and compensation for the Architect’s additional services, made necessary by such failure, shall

be charged to the Contractor by Change Order.

1.9 CALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT

A. Equipment to be utilized by the Testing and Inspection agencies shall be calibrated at maximum

12-month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either:

1. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).

2. Accepted values of natural physical constants.

1.10 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS

A. Testing Agency and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that

include the following:

1. Date of issue.

2. Project title and number.

3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.

4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.

5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.

6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.

7. Identification of product and Specification Section.

8. Complete test or inspection data.

9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.

10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.

11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with

the Contract Document requirements.

12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.

13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information

documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other

Sections. Include the following:

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report.

2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.

3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.

4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with

requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.

5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance

complies with requirements.

6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting

manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in

other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative

making report.

2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.

3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance

complies with requirements.

4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses,

certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee

payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for

compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.11 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN

A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to

Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format

acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records,

and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control

responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule.

B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time personnel trained and

experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures

similar in nature and extent to those required for Project.

1. Project quality-control manager shall not have other Project responsibilities.

C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through

review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible

for submittal review.

D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work

requiring testing or inspection, including the following:

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests and

inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and

inspections.

2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the

"Statement of Special Inspections."

3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents.

E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during

construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and

inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into

compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved

mockups.

F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of

approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or

defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with

requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.12 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels

required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced and expert in producing products similar to those

indicated for this Project and with a three-year record of successful in-service performance, as

well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of

manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of

manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this

Project.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling

work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has

resulted in construction with a three-year record of successful in-service performance.

E. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar

to those indicated for this Project and with a five-year record of successful in-service

performance.

F. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of

manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation

of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for

this Project.

G. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is experienced in providing

engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed

for installations of the system, assembly, or products that are similar to those indicated for this

Project in material, design, and extent.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

H. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities

shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall

satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations

governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional settlements and

similar conventions.

I. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP-accredited, or an independent agency

with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented

by ASTM E 329, and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where

required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities..

1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.

2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory

Accreditation Program.

3. Licensed to operate in the State of Florida to perform testing and inspection services.

4. Employ individuals who will be performing the inspections and testing who are certified

by the following organizations for the material testing categories listed.

a. ACI (American Concrete Institute): Concrete and laboratory.

b. NICET (National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technology): Soils and

concrete.

c. ASNT (American Society for Nondestructive Testing): Structural steel.

d. AWS (American Welding Society): Structural steel.

5. Can provide information necessary for the thorough evaluation of the agency or

laboratory capability to provide the services specified in the Contract Documents in

accordance with ASTM E548 "Standard Guide for General Criteria Used for Evaluating

Laboratory Competence".

6. Except where manufacturer’s testing facilities are indicated as acceptable, independent

testing laboratories specializing in required services shall comply with “Recommended

Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification” by ACIL.

7. The Testing and Inspection Agency performing inspection of structural steel and cast-inplace

concrete work must carry a minimum of one million dollars ($1,000,000) of

professional liability insurance coverage and shall be under the supervision of a

professional engineer, registered in the State of Florida.

8. Testing and inspecting agencies performing work in connection with concrete and steel

shall conform to basic requirements of ASTM E329.

J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing

for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the

following:

1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:

a. Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed products and

construction.

b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing

results to prevent delaying the Work.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 7

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory

mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with

performance requirements.

d. Fabricate and install test assemblies and mockups using installers who will

perform the same tasks for Project.

e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and

methods of construction indicated for the completed Work.

f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do

not reuse products on Project.

2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test,

inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor.

Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work

complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

K. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each

form of construction and finish specified in individual Sections, to comply with the following

requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by

Architect.

2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be

constructed.

3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers

that will be employed during the construction at Project.

4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.

5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction.

a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.

6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for

judging the completed Work.

7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.

1.13 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility,

Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.

1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing

agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspecting they are

engaged to perform.

2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work

that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the

Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.

B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are

Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that

the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not..

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 8

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required

by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of

Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.

2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing

agency to perform these quality-control services.

a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in

writing by Owner.

3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires

testing or inspecting will be performed.

4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a

certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.

5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract

Documents are Contractor's responsibility.

6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction,

when they so direct.

7. Provide quality assurance and control services required due to changes in the Work

proposed by or made by the Contractor.

8. Provide quality control services for Work done contrary to the Contract Documents,

without prior notice, when so specified, or without proper supervision.

9. Overtime expenses and schedule delays accruing as a result of executing quality control

services shall be the Contactor's responsibility and shall not be charged to the Owner.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service

representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including

service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 01 Section 01 33 00

"Submittal Procedures."

D. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical

representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's

services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and

conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed

portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.

E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's

responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for

construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established

by the Contract Documents. Architect retains the right to require the use of a different testing

agency for retesting ad reinspecting.

F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of

duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.

1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the

Work during performance of its services.

2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests

are conducted.

3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and

inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 9

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar

quality-control service through Contractor.

5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or

approve or accept any portion of the Work.

6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

7. Attend Project progress meetings as requested by Architect.

G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and

similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify

agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the

following:

1. Access to the Work.

2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.

3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and

inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.

4. Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples.

5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies or arranging for pick-up of test samples after

normal business hours.

6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing

agency.

7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project

site.

H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance

and quality control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and

replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar qualitycontrol

services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's qualitycontrol

plan. Coordinate and submit schedule concurrently with Contractor's Construction

Schedule as specified in Division 01 Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation."

1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party

involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG

A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted.

2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 10

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.

4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test

and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours.

3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair

damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other

Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched

areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible

as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 01 Section

"Cutting and Patching."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of

responsibility for quality-control services.

END OF SECTION 01 40 00

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 11

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications,

and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the

Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"

"authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as

"directed."

D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on

Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown,"

"noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."

E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having

jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control

performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,

installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,

assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,

protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Installer": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor,

or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation,

erection, application, and similar operations. Installers shall be experienced in the operation

they are engaged to perform.

1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must

be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name,

such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively

to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name.

J. "Experienced": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed

a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar

with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities

having jurisdiction.

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

K. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site

is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on

which Project is to be built.

L. "As Required": As required by regulatory bodies, by referenced standards, by existing

conditions, by generally accepted construction practice or by the Contract Documents. In the

event of ambiguity or conflicts, the most stringent requirements shall apply.

M. "By Others" refers to work that is not a part of the Contract.

N. "N.I.C.": "Not in Contract" means the work or the item indicated is not a part of the Contract

and will be provided by the Owner.

O. “B.O.C.I.”: “By Owner, Contractor Installed”. Refers to items furnished by Owner.

Management, coordination and installation by Contractor.

P. "Day": Unless stated otherwise, "day" means a calendar day.

1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent

requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if

bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards

are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,

except comply with standards having different revision dates as referenced in the codes as

indicated on Drawings.

C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the

standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality

levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that

are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified

shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly

with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within

reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are

minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer

uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with

industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not

bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain

copies directly from publication source and make them available on request.

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other

Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.

Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be

accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. Where abbreviations and acronyms used in Specifications or other Contract Documents

are not defined herein, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in

Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade

& Professional Associations of the U.S" available in most public libraries.

AA

AAADM

AABC

AAMA

AASHTO

ABAA

ABMA

ACI

ACPA

ADC

AGA

AGC

Aluminum Association, Inc. (The)

www.aluminum.org

American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers

www.aaadm.com

Associated Air Balance Council

www.aabchq.com

American Architectural Manufacturers Association

www.aamanet.org

American Association of State Highway and Transportation

Officials

www.transportation.org

Air Barrier Association of America

www.airbarrier.org

American Bearing Manufacturers Association

www.abma-dc.org

American Concrete Institute

www.concrete.org

American Concrete Pipe Association

www.concrete-pipe.org

Air Diffusion Council

www.flexibleduct.org

American Gas Association

www.aga.org

Associated General Contractors of America (The)

www.agc.org

(703) 358-2960

(216) 241-7333

(202) 737-0202

(847) 303-5664

(202) 624-5800

(866) 956-5888

(202) 367-1155

(248) 848-3700

(972) 506-7216

(847) 706-6750

(202) 824-7000

(703) 548-3118

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

AHA

AHAM

AI

AIA

AISC

AISI

AMCA

ANLA

ANSI

APA EWS

APA

ARI

ARMA

ASA

ASC

American Hardboard Association

http://domensino.com/AHA/

Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers

www.aham.org

Asphalt Institute

www.asphaltinstitute.org

American Institute of Architects (The)

www.aia.org

American Institute of Steel Construction

www.aisc.org

American Iron and Steel Institute

www.steel.org

Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.

www.amca.org

American Nursery & Landscape Association

(Formerly: AAN - American Association of Nurserymen)

www.anla.org

American National Standards Institute

www.ansi.org

APA - The Engineered Wood Association

www.apawood.org

Architectural Precast Association

www.archprecast.org

Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute

(now AHRI)

Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association

www.asphaltroofing.org

Acoustical Society of America

http://asa.aip.org

Adhesive and Sealant Council, The

www.ascouncil.org

(847) 934-8800

(202) 872-5955

(859) 288-4960

(800) 242-3837

(800) 644-2400

(312) 670-2400

(202) 452-7100

(847) 394-0150

(202) 789-2900

(202) 293-8020

(253) 565-6600

(239) 454-6989

(202) 207-0917

(516) 576-2360

301-986-9700

ASCA Architectural Spray Coaters Association (609) 848-6120

ASCE

American Society of Civil Engineers

www.asce.org

(800) 548-2723

(703) 295-6300

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

ASHRAE

ASME

ASPE

ASSE

ASTM

AWCI

AWCMA

AWI

AWPA

AWS

AWWA

BHMA

BIA

BICSI

BIFMA

American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-

Conditioning Engineers

www.ashrae.org

ASME International

(The American Society of Mechanical Engineers

International)

www.asme.org

American Society of Plumbing Engineers

www.aspe.org

American Society of Sanitary Engineering

www.asse-plumbing.org

ASTM International (American Society for Testing and

Materials International)

www.astm.org

Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International

www.awci.org

American Window Covering Manufacturers Association

(now WCMA)

Architectural Woodwork Institute

www.awinet.org

American Wood Protection Association

(formerly American Wood-Preservers' Association)

www.awpa.com

American Welding Society

www.aws.org

American Water Works Association

www.awwa.org

Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association

www.buildershardware.com

Brick Industry Association (The)

www.bia.org

BICSI, Inc.

www.bicsi.org

BIFMA International(Business and Institutional Furniture

Manufacturer's Association International)

www.bifma.com

(800) 527-4723

(404) 636-8400

(800) 843-2763

(973) 882-1170

(773) 693-2773

(440) 835-3040

(610) 832-9500

(703) 534-8300

(571) 323-3636

(205) 733-4077

(800) 443-9353

(305) 443-9353

(800) 926-7337

(303) 794-7711

(212) 297-2122

(703) 620-0010

(800) 242-7405

(813) 979-1991

(616) 285-3963

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

CCC

CCFSS

CDA

CFFA

CFI

CGA

CIMA

CISCA

Carpet Cushion Council

www.carpetcushion.org

Center for Cold-Formed Steel Structures

www.ccfssonline.org

Copper Development Association Inc.

www.copper.org

Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc.

www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com

International Certified Floorcovering Installers Association

www.cfi-installers.org

Compressed Gas Association

www.cganet.com

Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association

www.cellulose.org

Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association

www.cisca.org

(610) 527-3880

(573) 341-4471

(212) 251-7200

(216) 241-7333

(816) 231-4646

(703) 788-2700

(888) 881-2462

(937) 222-2462

(630) 584-1919

CISPI

CLFMI

CPA

CPPA

CRI

CRRC

CRSI

CSI

DHI

Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute

www.cispi.org

Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute

www.chainlinkinfo.org

Composite Panel Association

www.pbmdf.com

Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association

www.cppa-info.org

Carpet & Rug Institute (The)

www.carpet-rug.com

Cool Roof Rating Council

www.coolroofs.org

Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute

www.crsi.org

Construction Specifications Institute (The)

www.csinet.org

Door and Hardware Institute

www.dhi.org

(423) 892-0137

(301) 596-2583

(703) 724-1128

(800) 510-2772

(706) 278-3176

(866) 465-2523

(847) 517-1200

(800) 689-2900

(703) 684-2900

(703) 222-2010

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

EIA

EJMA

ESD

FM Approvals

FMGlobal

FSA

GA

GANA

GSI

GTA

HI

HMMA

HPVA

ICEA

ICRI

IEC

Electronic Industries Alliance

www.eia.org

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.

www.eima.com

ESD Association

(Electrostatic Discharge Association)

www.esda.org

FM Approvals LLC

www.fmglobal.com

(formerly FMG – FMGlobal)

www.fmglobal.com

Fluid Sealing Association

www.fluidsealing.com

Gypsum Association

www.gypsum.org

Glass Association of North America

(formerly: FGMA - Flat Glass Marketing Association)

www.glasswebsite.com

Geosynthetic Institute

www.geosynthetic-institute.org

Glass Tempering Division of Glass Association of North

America (see GANA)

Hydraulic Institute

www.pumps.org

Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association

(part of NAAMM)

Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association

www.hpva.org

Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.

www.icea.net

International Concrete Repair Institute

www.icri.org

International Electrotechnical Commission

www.iec.ch

(703) 907-7500

(914) 332-0400

(315) 339-6937

(781) 762-4300

(401) 275-3000

(610) 971-4850

(301) 277.8686

(785) 271-0208

(610) 522-8440

(973) 267-9700

(703) 435-2900

(770) 830-0369

(847) 827-0830

41 22 919 02 11

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 7

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

IEEE

IESNA

IEST

IGCC

IGMA

ILI

ISO

ISSFA

ITS

KCMA

LPI

MBMA

MFMA

MFMA

MHIA

MIA

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The)

www.ieee.org

Illuminating Engineering Society of North America

www.iesna.org

Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology

www.iest.org

Insulating Glass Certification Council

www.igcc.org

Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance

www.igmaonline.org

Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.

www.iliai.com

International Organization for Standardization

www.iso.ch

Available from ANSI

www.ansi.org

International Solid Surface Fabricators Association

www.issfa.net

Intertek Testing Services

(now ETL Semco)

Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association

www.kcma.org

Lightning Protection Institute

www.lightning.org

Metal Building Manufacturers Association

www.mbma.com

Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association

www.maplefloor.org

Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.

www.metalframingmfg.org

Material Handling Industry of America

www.mhia.org

Marble Institute of America

www.marble-institute.com

(212) 419-7900

(212) 248-5000

(847) 255-1561

(315) 646-2234

(613) 233-1510

(812) 275-4426

41 22 749 01 11

(202) 293-8020

(877) 464-7732

(702) 567-8150

(703) 264-1690

(800) 488-6864

(216) 241-7333

(888) 480-9138

(312) 644-6610

(800) 345-1815

(704) 676-1190

(440) 250-9222

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 8

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

MIA

MSS

NAAMM

NACE

NADCA

NAIMA

NBGQA

NCMA

NCPI

NCTA

NEBB

NECA

NEMA

NFPA

NFRC

NGA

Masonry Institute of America

www.masonryinstitute.org

Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and

Fittings Industry Inc.

www.mss-hq.com

National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers

www.naamm.org

NACE International

(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)

www.nace.org

National Air Duct Cleaners Association

www.nadca.com

North American Insulation Manufacturers Association

www.naima.org

National Building Granite Quarries Association Inc.

www.nbgqa.com

National Concrete Masonry Association

www.ncma.org

National Clay Pipe Institute

www.ncpi.org

National Cable & Telecommunications Association

www.ncta.com

National Environmental Balancing Bureau

www.nebb.org

National Electrical Contractors Association

www.necanet.org

National Electrical and Medical Imaging Equipment

Manufacturers Association

www.nema.org

NFPA (National Fire Protection Association)

www.nfpa.org

National Fenestration Rating Council

www.nfrc.org

National Glass Association

www.glass.org

(213) 388-0472

(703) 281-6613

(630) 942-6591

(800) 797-6623

(281) 228-6200

(202) 737-2926

(703) 684-0084

(800) 557-2848

(703) 713-1900

(262) 248-9094

(202) 775-2300

(301) 977-3698

(301) 657-3110

(703) 841-3200

(800) 344-3555

(617) 770-3000

(301) 589-6372

(866) 342-5642

(703) 442-4890

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 9

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

NHLA

NLGA

NOFMA

NOMMA

NRCA

NRMCA

NSSGA

NTMA

NWWDA

PCA

PCI

PDCA

PDI

PGI

PLANET

RCSC

National Hardwood Lumber Association

www.natlhardwood.org

National Lumber Grades Authority

www.nlga.org

NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association)

(formerly National Oak Flooring Manufacturers

Association)

www.nofma.org

National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association

www.nomma.org

National Roofing Contractors Association

www.nrca.net

National Ready Mixed Concrete Association

www.nrmca.org

National Stone, Sand and Gravel Association (NSSA)

www.nssga.org

National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association, Inc. (The)

www.ntma.com

National Wood Window and Door Association

(now WDMA)

Portland Cement Association

www.cement.org

Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute

www.pci.org

Painting and Decorating Contractors of America

www.pdca.com

Plumbing & Drainage Institute

www.pdionline.org

PVC Geomembrane Institute

www.geomembrane.com

Professional Landcare Network

(Formerly: ACLA – Associated Landscape Contractors of

America)

www.landcarenetwork.org

Research Council on Structural Connections

www.boltcouncil.org

(800) 933-0318

(901) 377-1818

(604) 524-2393

(901) 526-5016

(888) 516-8585

(800) 323-9545

(847) 299-9070

(888) 846-7622

(301) 587-1400

(800) 342-1415

(703) 525-8788

(800) 323-9736

(540) 751-0930

(847) 966-6200

(312) 786-0300

(800) 332-7322

(314) 514-7322

(800) 589-8956

(978) 557-0720

(217) 333-3929

(703) 736-9666

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 10

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

RFCI

RIS

RMA

SAE

SDI

SDI

SGCC

Resilient Floor Covering Institute

www.rfci.com

Redwood Inspection Service

www.redwoodinspection.com

Rubber Manufacturers Association

www.rma.org

SAE International

www.sae.org

Steel Deck Institute

www.sdi.org

Steel Door Institute

www.steeldoor.org

Safety Glazing Certification Council

www.sgcc.org

(706) 882-3833

(925) 935-1499

(800) 220-7620

(202) 682-4800

(877) 606-7323

(724) 776-4841

(847) 458-4647

(847) 458-4647

(315) 646-2234

SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610

SJI

SMA

SMACNA

SPFA

SPIB

SPRI

SSINA

SSMA

Steel Joist Institute

www.steeljoist.org

Screen Manufacturers Association

www.smainfo.org

Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'

National Association

www.smacna.org

Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance

www.sprayfoam.org

Southern Pine Inspection Bureau

www.spib.org

Single Ply Roofing Institute

www.spri.org

Specialty Steel Industry of North America

www.ssina.com

Steel Stud Manufacturers Association

(Formerly: ML/SFA - Metal Lath/Steel Framing

Association)

www.ssma.com

(843) 626-1995

(561) 533-0991

(703) 803-2980

(800) 523-6154

(850) 434-2611

(781) 647-7026

(800) 982-0355

(202) 342-8630

(630) 942-6592

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 11

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SSPC

SWI

SWRI

TCNA

TIA/EIA

TMS

TPI

TRI

UFAC

UL

UNI

WCMA

WDMA

WI

WMMPA

SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings

www.sspc.org

Steel Window Institute

www.steelwindows.com

Sealant, Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute

www.swrionline.org

Tile Council of North America, Inc.

www.tileusa.com

Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic

Industries Alliance

www.tiaonline.org

The Masonry Society

www.masonrysociety.org

Truss Plate Institute, Inc.

www.tpinst.org

Tile Roofing Institute

www.tileroofing.org

Upholstered Furniture Action Council

www.ufac.org

Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

www.ul.com

Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association

www.uni-bell.org

Window Covering Manufacturers Association

www.wcmanet.org

Window & Door Manufacturers Association

www.wdma.com

Woodwork Institute

(formerly Woodwork Institute of California)

www.wicnet.org

Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association

www.wmmpa.com

(877) 281-7772

(412) 281-2331

(216) 241-7333

(816) 472-7974

(864) 646-8453

(703) 907-7700

(303) 939-9700

(703) 683-1010

(312) 670-4177

(336) 885-5065

(877) 854-3577

(847) 272-8800

(972) 243-3902

(212) 297-2122

(800) 223-2301

(312) 321-6802

(916) 372-9943

(800) 550-7889

(530) 661-9591

B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract

Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names,

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 12

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be

accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

IAPMO

ICC

ICC-ES

International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical

Officials

www.iapmo.org

International Code Council

www.iccsafe.org

ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.

www.icc-es.org

(909) 472-4100

(888) 422-7233

(800) 423-6587

(562) 699-0543

C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications

or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the

following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are

believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

CPSC

DOC

DOE

EPA

FCC

LBL

NCHRP

NIST

OSHA

Consumer Product Safety Commission

www.cpsc.gov

Department of Commerce

www.commerce.gov

Department of Energy

www.energy.gov

Environmental Protection Agency

www.epa.gov

Federal Communications Commission

www.fcc.gov

Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory

www.lbl.gov

National Cooperative Highway Research Program

(See TRB)

National Institute of Standards and Technology

www.nist.gov

Occupational Safety & Health Administration

www.osha.gov

(800) 638-2772

(301) 504-7923

(202) 482-2000

(202) 586-9220

(202) 260-2090

(888) 225-5322

(510) 486-4000

(301) 975-6478

(202) 693-1999

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 13

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or

other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and

regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to

change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253

Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272-0080

Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities

Available from U.S. Access Board

www.access-board.gov

CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-1800

Available from Government Printing Office

(202) 512-1800

www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html

FED-STD

Federal Standard

(See FS)

Available from General Services Administration

www.gsa.gov

Available from National Institute of Building Sciences

www.wbdg.org/ccb

(202) 619-8925

(202) 289-7800

FS

FTMS

MIL

MIL-STD

Federal Specification

Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925

Federal Test Method Standard

(See FS)

(See MILSPEC)

(See MILSPEC)

UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253

Available from Access Board

(202) 272-0080

www.access-board.gov

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01 42 00

REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 14

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and

protection facilities.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting

copies of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports.

2. Division 01 Section 01 73 00 "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning

requirements.

3. Divisions 02 through 49 for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements for

products in those Sections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, permanent or temporary roofing is

complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all

openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures.

1.4 USE CHARGES

A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities are not

chargeable to Owner or Architect and shall be included in the Contract Sum, unless otherwise

indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including,

but not limited to, the following:

1. Owner's construction forces.

2. Occupants of Project.

3. Architect.

4. Testing agencies.

5. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage, by all parties engaged in

construction, at Project site.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

C. Water Service: Pay water service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for water used by

all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site.

D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges, whether metered or otherwise,

for electricity used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site.

A. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is

available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections

and extensions of services as required for construction operations.

B. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is

available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections

and extensions of services as required for construction operations.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for

construction personnel.

B. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA

Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.

C. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having

jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention

program.

D. Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and

construction from water absorption and damage.

1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water

absorption or water damage.

2. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating

water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work.

3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials,

plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these

operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to

permit installation of finish materials.

E. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the

dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time

frame for their operation. Identify further options if proposed measures are later determined to

be inadequate. Include the following:

1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work.

2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing.

3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge.

4. Waste handling procedures.

5. Other dust-control measures.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

F. Temporary Utility Reports: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar

procedures performed on temporary utilities.

G. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for submittal of

Contractor's Construction Schedule, submit a schedule indicating implementation and

termination of each temporary utility.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and

NFPA 241.

1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary

utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions.

2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for

temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each

temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural &

Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use

of temporary service to use of permanent service.

1. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume

responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service

during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of

previously assigned responsibilities.

B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities

by all parties engaged in the Work:

1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat.

2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Field Offices: Prefabricated or mobile units with lockable entrances, operable windows, and

serviceable finishes; heated and air conditioned; on foundations adequate for normal loading.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. Architect-Use Field Office: Architect have an existing independent Field Office located

adjacent to the Owner. This existing Field Office will be used for the construction efforts of

this project.

C. Contractor-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Contractor and

construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other

Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows:

1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan

racks, and bookcases.

2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals. Provide

electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no less than one

receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4 foot (1.2 m)

square tack and marker boards.

3. Drinking water and private toilet.

4. Coffee machine and supplies.

5. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68

to 72 deg F (20 to 22 deg C).

6. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc (215 lx) at desk

height.

D. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate

materials and equipment for construction operations.

1. Store combustible materials apart from building.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as

indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.

1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size

required by location and class of fire exposure.

B. Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation or

combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar

nonabsorbent material.

C. Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water drinking-water units,

including paper cup supply.

1. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water

temperature at 45 to 55 deg F (7.2 to 12.7 deg C).

D. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to

120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset

button, and pilot light.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

E. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for

surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be

nonmetallic sheathed cable.

F. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented,

self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating

units is prohibited.

2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing

agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location

and application.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference

with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.

B. Provide each facility ready for use. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until

facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent

facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to

existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the

remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company

recommendations.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be

interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.

2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is

available, provide trucked-in services.

3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to Project site where Owner's easements

cannot be used for that purpose.

B. Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove

effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be

lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent

off-site in a lawful manner.

1. Filter out excessive soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils, and similar contaminants

that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge.

2. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having

jurisdiction.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. After

heavy use, restore normal conditions promptly.

4. Provide temporary filter beds, settlement tanks, separators, and similar devices to purify

effluent to levels acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for

construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before

use.

1. Provide rubber hoses as necessary to serve Project site.

2. As soon as water is required at each level, extend service to form a temporary water- and

fire-protection standpipe. Provide distribution piping. Space outlets so water can be

reached with a 100 foot (30 m) hose. Provide one hose at each outlet.

3. Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a

drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly

from pans.

E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water for use of

construction personnel. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location,

operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

1. Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar

disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste

containers for disposal of used material.

2. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy.

3. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient

locations for personnel who handle materials that require wash up. Dispose of drainage

properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each type of material handled.

4. Drinking-Water Fixtures: Install drinking-water fountains where indicated.

5. Drinking-Water Facilities: Provide bottled-water, drinking-water units.

a. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed

water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F (7.2 to 12.7 deg C).

F. Cooling: Provide temporary cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of

completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high

temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a

harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

1. Contractor shall sequence construction such that building envelope and roof achieves

permanent enclosure prior to any interior work performed. At which time temporary

cooling controls are implemented for interior work to be performed.

G. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction

activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction

from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on

completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to

produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Contractor shall sequence construction such that building envelope and roof achieves

permanent enclosure prior to any interior work performed. At which time temporary

ventilation and humidity controls are implemented for interior work to be performed.

2. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels to

level required that allow installation or application of finishes.

H. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution

system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period.

Include meters, transformers, overload-protected disconnecting means, automatic ground-fault

interrupters, and main distribution switchgear.

1. Install electric power service underground, unless overhead service must be used.

2. Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to

damage.

I. Electric Power Service: Use of Owner's existing electric power service will be permitted, as

long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner.

J. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination

for construction operations, finishing, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.

1. Use of portable lighting such as flashlights, lanterns, and light intergrated tools, power

tools and equipment shall be supplemental only. Portable lighting is not acceptable in

lieu of proper temporary lighting which illuminates the area of Work.

2. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements

without operating entire system.

3. Install lighting for Project identification sign.

K. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period in

common-use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install separate

telephone line for each field office and first-aid station.

1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.

a. Police and fire departments.

b. Ambulance service.

c. Contractor's home office and emergency after-hours telephone number.

d. Architect's office.

e. Engineers' offices.

f. Owner's office.

g. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.

L. Internet Service: Provide computer with broadband modem, router and ISP, equipped with

hardware firewall, providing minimum upload and download speeds for superintendent's use in

sending and receiving e-mail.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the following:

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 7

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction

area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines that is noncombustible according to

ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241.

2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection.

Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent

facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.

B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas

adequate to support loads and to withstand exposure to traffic during construction period.

Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings.

1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment

as required to minimize dust.

C. Traffic Controls: Provide temporary traffic controls at junction of temporary roads with public

roads. Include warning signs for public traffic and "STOP" signs for entrance onto public roads.

Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Protect existing site improvements to remain, including curbs, pavement, and utilities.

2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.

D. Parking: Temporary parking areas for construction personnel.

E. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction

and in applicable Division 31 Sections for temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and

operations not directly associated with construction activities included in individual Sections.

Where feasible, use same facilities. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of

water.

F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle

waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having

jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Division 01 Section "Execution."

1. If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled,

for each type of waste material to be deposited.

G. Temporary Elevator Use: Provide buck-hoist for the duration of construction with sufficient

capacity for the conveyance of pesonel, materials and equipment required for the size and scale

of the project. New elevator constructed shall not be used for construction purposes unless as

determined by Owner.

H. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, as long as stairs are

cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore

stairs to condition existing before initial use.

1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect stairs

and to maintain means of egress. If, despite such protection, stairs become damaged,

restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 8

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities,

and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be

removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.

B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct

construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that

minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable

effects

1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Division 01 Section "Summary."

C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and

discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent

properties and walkways, according to.

1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction

activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant- protection zones.

2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during

construction until permanent vegetation has been established.

3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and

sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project.

4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed

during removal.

D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide

barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of

stormwater from heavy rains.

E. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line

of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root

systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.

F. Pest Control: Before deep foundation work has been completed, retain a local exterminator or

pest-control company to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents,

roaches, and other pests. Engage this pest-control service to perform extermination and control

procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial

Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials.

G. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, install site enclosure fence with

lockable entrance gates. Install in a manner that will prevent people, dogs, and other animals

from easily entering site except by entrance gates.

1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined

sufficient to accommodate construction operations.

2. Provide gates in sizes and at locations necessary to accommodate delivery vehicles and

other construction operations.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 9

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

I. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for

erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. Paint with

appropriate colors and graphics to inform personnel and public of possible hazard.

J. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated

and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

K. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures, and other protection required to prevent

damage to facilities to remain.

1. Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed,

from wind, rain dust, weather, other construction operations, and similar activities.

Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior during interval between

selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to

prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas.

2. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are

exposed during selective demolition operations.

L. Temporary Fire Protection: Throughout the building, during construction, provide for fire

protection and fire prevention in accordance with all applicable Federal, state and local codes

and regulations.

1. Prohibit smoking in construction area.

2. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible

from space being served, with sign mounted above.

a. Field Offices: Class A stored-pressure water-type extinguishers.

b. Other Locations: Class ABC dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of

extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.

c. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended

purpose; provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable

stairwell.

3. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.

4. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fireprotection

facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting.

5. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar

sources of fire ignition.

6. Permanent Fire Protection: At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete

installation of permanent fire-protection facility, including connected services, and place

into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect fire protection

system from damage due to construction activities and environmental conditions.

7. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program for

personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish

procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings

and information.

8. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning

sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed.

Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 10

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL

A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document

visible signs of mold that may appear during construction.

B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject

to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Protect porous materials from water damage.

2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water.

3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete.

4. Remove standing water from decks.

5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.

C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full

enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration

of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with

high organic content, into partially enclosed building.

2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage.

3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter.

4. Discard or replace water-damaged material.

5. Do not install material that is wet.

6. Discard, replace, or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold.

7. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before

enclosing the material in drywall or other interior finishes.

D. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the building

enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows:

1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions.

2. Use permanent HVAC system to control humidity.

3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and

exposure to water limits.

a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and

gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction and

remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective.

b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during

construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of

exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture

levels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect.

c. Remove materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured

moisture level within 48 hours.

3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and

abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 11

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from

damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,

ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated

results and to avoid possibility of damage.

2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines.

Protect from damage during excavation operations.

C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protection as soon as

available, do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to

permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has

ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than

Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may

have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work,

clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor.

Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.

2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent

paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate

fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials

contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other

substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street

paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having

jurisdiction.

3. At Substantial Completion, repair, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during

construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 01 Section

"Closeout Procedures."

END OF SECTION 01 50 00

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 12

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: selection of

products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard

warranties on products; special warranties; and products selection.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section 01 23 00 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate.

2. Division 01 Section 01 25 00 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.

3. Division 01 Section 01 42 00 "References" for applicable industry standards for products

specified.

4. Division 01 Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for

contract closeout.

5. Divisions 03 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products

and installations specified to be warranted.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or

taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"

"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or

model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product

literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or

facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new

products.

B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from

those required by the Contract Documents as proposed by Contractor.

C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and

accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other

designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service

performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of

evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

D. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for

a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

E. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents,

either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for

Owner.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: All bids shall be based on the products required in the Contract Documents.

1. Substitutions shall not be the basis of the Guaranteed Maximum Price or Lump Sum

contracts, unless prior written approval by the Architect of Record and Owner (and

representative) is given.

B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more

products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously

selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,

deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written

instructions.

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent

overcrowding of construction spaces.

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that

are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other

losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original

sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for

handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to

ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.

5. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.

6. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

7. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight

enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.

8. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,

ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.

9. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.

B. Storage: Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and

equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.

1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other

warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on

product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract

Documents.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and

identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and

properly executed.

2. Specified Form: Forms are included with the Specifications. Prepare a written document

using appropriate form properly executed.

3. Refer to Divisions 03 through 49 Sections for specific content requirements and

particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section 01 77 00 "Closeout

Procedures."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents,

that are undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items

needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

2. Standard Products: Unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide

products of both quality and type that have been used successfully in similar situations on

equal quality projects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with

requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make

selection.

5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is

Architect's.

6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications

establish "salient characteristics" of products.

B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following:

1. Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Product" name a

single product and manufacturer, provide the named product that complies with

requirements.

2. Basis of Design Products: Where paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis of Design

Product(s)” are included. Provide either the specified product or a comparable product.

Drawings and specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics

that are based on the product named.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled

"Manufacturer" or "Source" name single manufacturers or sources, provide a product by

the manufacturer or from the named manufacturer or source that complies with

requirements

4. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce a

list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that

complies with requirements.

5. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers"

introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers

listed that complies with requirements.

6. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established

Sample, provide a product (and manufacturer) that complies with requirements and

matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed

product matches satisfactorily.

a. If no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily and

complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Division

01 Section 01 33 00 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.

7. Visual Selection Specification:

a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by

Architect from manufacturer's standard range" or similar phrase, Architect will

select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that

does not include premium items.

b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect

from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, gloss,

pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both

standard and premium items.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01 60 00

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including,

but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout.

2. Field engineering and surveying.

3. General installation of products.

4. Coordination of Owner-installed products.

5. Progress cleaning.

6. Starting and adjusting.

7. Protection of installed construction.

8. Correction of the Work.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination" for procedures for

coordinating field engineering with other construction activities.

2. Division 01 Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.

3. Division 01 Section 01 73 29 "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for

cutting and patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of

the Work.

4. Division 01 Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey

with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated

lines and levels, and final cleaning.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other

construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and

verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction

affecting the Work.

EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.

B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and

construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate

and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting

the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of

sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and underground electrical

services.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public

utilities serving Project site.

C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or

Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances

and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with

existing finishes or primers.

2. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of

connections before equipment and fixture installation.

3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are

to be installed.

4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or

relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances

located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck

measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to

other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before

fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the

Work.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown

diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for

clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include

a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the

Contract Documents.

EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. General: The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents shall be laid out solely by

the Contractor. Provide and pay for all construction surveying and layout work required for the

Project. Under no circumstances will the Architect assume any responsibilities for laying out

the Work.

1. Verify all dimensions shown on the drawings. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required

dimensions. Notify the Architect in writing of any discrepancies found before

proceeding with the Work.

B. Construction Layout: During the progress of the Work establish additional bench marks,

reference lines and reference points and levels at each floor and as otherwise necessary for the

guidance and information of each trade and for the field verification of specified construction

tolerances. Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated or recognized

tolerances.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and

elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.

2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance

and ease of removal for replacement.

3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in

applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.

Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or

loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.

F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be

factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that

adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated

requirements.

G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component

securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at

heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and

directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and

items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver

such items to Project site in time for installation.

H. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component

securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at

heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,

arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered

hazardous.

3.5 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS

A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction forces.

B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by

Owner's construction forces.

1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule

for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually

agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences

in actual construction progress.

2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction forces at preinstallation

conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend

preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction forces if portions of the

Work depend on Owner's construction.

3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate

progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce

requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for

proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.

2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the

entire work area, as appropriate.

EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written

instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials

specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning

materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from

damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing

waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.

H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining

materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from

damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through

the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure

operability without damaging effects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the

construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise

deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove

malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for

proper operation.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.

Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to

inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification

requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements."

3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage

or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3.9 CORRECTION OF THE WORK

A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes.

Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section 01 73 29 "Cutting and Patching."

1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up

with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired

without visible evidence of repair.

D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components

that cannot be repaired.

E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.

3.10 CORE AND SHELL COMPONENTS CONDITION ASSESSMENT

A. General: The Contractor shall be fully responsible for reconditioning all components and

systems that comprise the existing core and shell to make them fully operational.

B. Pre-Award Condition Assessment: The bidders shall survey each of the following components

and systems that comprise the existing core and shell during the bidding phase and prepare a

detailed assessment and cost estimate of its observations. The assessment shall be submitted

with the bid and shall contain recommended actions, beyond those already identified in the

Contract Documents, that it believes are necessary to be implemented to bring the existing

components and systems to a fully operational status. In addition to the assessment report, the

bidder shall include with its bid a separate line item all of its proposed reconditioning work.

The separate line item shall be supported with supplemental line items clearly breaking down

the proposed costs of each of the components and systems that were assessed. Include a

breakout of all labor, material, subcontracts and general conditions in each supplemental line

item. The components and systems to be assessed shall be as follows:

1. All exterior walls.

2. All concrete floors (inspect for cracks and other deficiencies).

3. Visible existing structural components.

4. Stairwells.

5. All mechanical equipment and existing ducting.

6. All plumbing equipment and existing plumbing piping.

7. All electrical installations, including lighting controls.

END OF SECTION 01 73 00

EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 02 Section 02 41 19 "Selective Structure Demolition" for demolition of selected

portions of the building for alterations.

2. Division 07 Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching fire-rated

construction.

3. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to

cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.

a. Requirements in this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations.

Refer to Divisions in the Facility Services Subgroup for other requirements and

limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical

installations.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of

other Work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after

installation of other Work.

C. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not

otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change

their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.

1. Coordinate with structural engineer prior to cut and patch of structural elements.

B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a

manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that result in increased

maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

1. Primary operational systems and equipment.

2. Air or smoke barriers.

3. Fire-protection systems.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

4. Control systems.

5. Communication systems.

6. Conveying systems.

7. Electrical wiring systems.

8. Operating systems of special construction in Division 13 Sections.

9. Mechanical systems.

10. Plumbing systems.

C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in

a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity that results in reducing their capacity to

perform as intended, or that result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or

safety.

1. Water, moisture, vapor barriers or weather barriers.

2. Membranes and flashings.

3. Exterior storefront or curtain-wall construction.

4. Equipment supports.

5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.

6. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.

7. Wind resistive systems found under Notice of Acceptance (NOA) or Florida (FL) product

approvals.

D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual

evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or

in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's

aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually

unsatisfactory manner.

E. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved

in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential

interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before

proceeding.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged

during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing

warranties.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.

B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use

materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed,

will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to

be performed.

1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates,

including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been

corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.

B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.

Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be

exposed during cutting and patching operations.

C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage

to adjoining areas.

3.3 PERFORMANCE

A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and

patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance

of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their

original condition.

B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar

operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or

adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply

with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not

hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size

required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover

openings when not in use.

2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed

surfaces.

3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a

diamond-core drill.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 02

Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.

5. Mechanical and Electrical Services and Utilities: Cut off ducts, pipe or conduit in walls

or partitions to be removed. Cap, or plug and seal remaining portion of ducts, pipe or

conduit to provide a watertight closure after cutting.

6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations

following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as

possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other

Sections of these Specifications.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to

demonstrate integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish

restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence

of patching and refinishing.

3. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a

weathertight condition.

END OF SECTION 01 73 29

CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including,

but not limited to, the following:

1. Inspection procedures.

2. Project Record Documents.

3. Operation and maintenance manuals.

4. Warranties.

5. Instruction of Owner's personnel.

6. Final cleaning.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications

for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion.

2. Division 01 Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting

Final Completion construction photographs and negatives.

3. Division 01 Section 01 73 00 "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning of Project

site.

4. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements

for products of those Sections.

1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial

Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.

1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on

the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.

2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final

certifications, and similar documents.

3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to

services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar

releases.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals,

Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property

surveys, and similar final record information.

5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by

Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

6. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's

personnel of changeover in security provisions.

7. Complete startup testing of systems.

8. Submit test/adjust/balance records.

9. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,

construction tools, and similar elements.

10. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.

11. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and

maintenance.

12. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.

13. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual

defects.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of

request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled

requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection

or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by

Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as

incomplete is completed or corrected.

2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final

Completion.

1.4 FINAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final

Completion, complete the following:

1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section 01 29 00

"Payment Procedures."

2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be

completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy

of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for

acceptance.

3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance

requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.

5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,

equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training videotapes.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,

Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements.

Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor

of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as

incomplete is completed or corrected.

1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area

affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction

including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.

1. Provide owner and Architect, at least one week prior to completion a schedule of all

spaces and the date they will be available for punchlist creation.

2. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and

proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.

3. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,

individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.

4. Include the following information at the top of each page:

a. Project name.

b. Date.

c. Name of Architect.

d. Name of Contractor.

e. Page number.

5. Contractor shall cooperate with owner and Architect in responding to status of and

scheduled date for completion of all punchlist items.

6. Contractor’s work shall complete Punchlist and will not interfere with owner’s use or

occupancy of spaces under completion.

1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project

Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents

for Architect's reference during normal working hours.

B. Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of paper prints of Contract Drawings and Shop

Drawings.

1. Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that

shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether

individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up

Record Prints.

a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be

readily identified and recorded later, and those locations of those items that need to

be located for servicing.

b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique.

c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup

before enclosing concealed installations.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

d. Mark Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing

actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are

marked, show cross-reference on Contract Drawings.

e. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish

between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.

f. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or

omitted from original Drawings.

g. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate

numbers, and similar identification where applicable.

h. Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT

RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets;

bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover

sheets.

2. At the completion of the Project and at the Contractor’s expense, produce 3 sets of

scanned PDF electronic files on compact discs s of the marked record prints.

a. The compact disks shall be prepared by a skilled operator using the software

platform as requested by the Owner.

b. Mark each sheet “Record Drawings,” with the date of Final Completion.

3. Deliver a copy of the record drawings and the sets of the compact disks to the Architect.

C. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and

contract modifications. Clearly mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where

installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that

cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and

equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.

3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data, where applicable.

D. Record Product Data:

1. Mark one set to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies

substantially from that indicated in Product Data.

2. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that

cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

3. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in

manufacturer's written instructions for installation.

4. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Record Specifications, where

applicable.

5. Format: Submit record Product Data as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked up

paper copy of Product Data.

a. Include record Product Data directory organized by specification section number

and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.

E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other

Specification Sections such as tests and inspections, surveys, mix records, and inspections by

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

authorities having jurisdiction. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for

continued use and reference.

1. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of

marked up miscellaneous record submittals

1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and

maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include

operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows:

1. Operation Data:

a. Emergency instructions and procedures.

b. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions, including operating standards.

c. Operating procedures, including startup, shutdown, seasonal, and weekend

operations.

d. Description of controls and sequence of operations.

e. Piping diagrams.

f. Noise and vibration adjustments.

g. Effective energy utilization.

2. Maintenance Data:

a. Manufacturer's information, including list of spare parts.

b. Name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier.

c. Maintenance procedures.

d. Maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance.

e. Maintenance record forms.

f. Sources of spare parts and maintenance materials.

g. Copies of maintenance service agreements.

h. Copies of warranties and bonds.

B. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and

index data in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to

accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets.

Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATION AND

MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of contents.

1.8 WARRANTIES

A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of

the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is

indicated.

B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of

designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during

construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the

Project Manual.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders,

thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2 by 11 inch

(115 by 280 mm) paper.

2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark

tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or

installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone

number of Installer.

3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title

"WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.

D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or

fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially

hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

A. Instruction: Instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems,

and equipment not part of a system.

1. Provide instructors experienced in operation and maintenance procedures.

2. Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal

operation, provide similar instruction at the start of each season.

3. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice.

4. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of

instruction, and course content.

B. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules

for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification

Sections. For each training module, develop a learning objective and teaching outline. Include

instruction for the following:

1. System design and operational philosophy.

2. Review of documentation.

3. Operations.

4. Adjustments.

5. Troubleshooting.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

6. Maintenance.

7. Repair.

3.2 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply

with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution

regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each

surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and

maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification

of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:

a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,

including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other

foreign substances.

b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other

foreign deposits.

c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured

surface.

d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from

Project site.

e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,

free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural

weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original

condition.

f. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,

plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.

g. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.

h. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;

shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.

i. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.

Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials.

Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish

mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.

j. Remove labels that are not permanent.

k. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.

Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or

that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and

electrical nameplates.

l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and

similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and

other foreign substances.

m. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 7

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

n. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains

resulting from water exposure.

o. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed

surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.

p. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during

construction.

q. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.

Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and

defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply

with requirements for new fixtures.

r. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid

Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report.

D. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or

excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous

materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of

lawfully.

END OF SECTION 01 77 00

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 - 8

Copyright 2011 Gensler


`ÉêíáÑáÅ~íÉ=çÑ=pìÄëí~åíá~ä=`çãéäÉíáçå=

Gensler

Project

Oceanview Renovation

Project Number

13.7123.000

Project Location

Owner / Client

Contractor

Contract Date

300 N Osceola Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33755

As noted above.

Church of Scientology

Date Issued

File

This is page

6SC

1 of

Date of Substantial

Completion

Date of Substantial Completion is applicable to Entire Project Designated Portion of Project, as described below

Punch List Attached Transmitted Separately None

qÜÉ=tçêâ=éÉêÑçêãÉÇ=ìåÇÉê=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=Ñçê=`çåëíêìÅíáçå=Ü~ë=ÄÉÉå=êÉîáÉïÉÇ=~åÇ=ÑçìåÇI=íç=^êÅÜáíÉÅíDë=ÄÉëí=âåçïäÉÇÖÉI=áåÑçêã~íáçå=~åÇ=ÄÉäáÉÑI=íç=ÄÉ=ëìÄëí~åíá~ääó=

ÅçãéäÉíÉ=~ë=çÑ=íÜÉ=a~íÉ=çÑ=pìÄëí~åíá~ä=`çãéäÉíáçå=ÉåíÉêÉÇ=~ÄçîÉK=qÜÉ=a~íÉ=çÑ=pìÄëí~åíá~ä=`çãéäÉíáçå=áë=íÜÉ=Ç~íÉ=ïÜÉå=íÜÉ=tçêâI=çê=ÇÉëáÖå~íÉÇ=éçêíáçå=íÜÉêÉçÑI=áë=

ëìÑÑáÅáÉåíäó=ÅçãéäÉíÉ=áå=~ÅÅçêÇ~åÅÉ=ïáíÜ=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=açÅìãÉåíë=EáåÅäìÇáåÖ=~åó=~ééêçîÉÇ=ÅÜ~åÖÉ=lêÇÉêëF=~åÇ=~ää=êÉèìáêÉÇ=Ñáå~ä=áåëéÉÅíáçåë=~åÇ=éÉêãáíë=Ü~îÉ=ÄÉÉå=

çÄí~áåÉÇ=ëç=lïåÉê=Å~å=çÅÅìéó=çê=ìíáäáòÉ=íÜÉ=tçêâ=Ñçê=áíë=áåíÉåÇÉÇ=ìëÉI=ëìÄàÉÅí=çåäó=íç=ÅçãéäÉíáçå=çÑ=ãáåçê=áíÉãë=EmìåÅÜ=iáëíFK=

qÜÉ=tçêâI=çê=ÇÉëáÖå~íÉÇ=éçêíáçå=íÜÉêÉçÑ=ëÜ~ää=áåÅäìÇÉW=======

^=äáëí=çÑ=áíÉãë=íç=ÄÉ=ÅçãéäÉíÉÇ=çê=ÅçêêÉÅíÉÇ=~åÇ=íÜÉ=Ç~íÉEëF=ïÜÉå=ëìÅÜ=áíÉãë=~êÉ=íç=ÄÉ=ÅçãéäÉíÉÇ=EmìåÅÜ=iáëíF=ã~ó=ÄÉ=~íí~ÅÜÉÇ=ÜÉêÉíç=çê=íê~åëãáííÉÇ=ëÉé~ê~íÉäóK=qÜáë=

`ÉêíáÑáÅ~íÉ=çÑ=pìÄëí~åíá~ä=`çãéäÉíáçåI=çê=çãáëëáçå=çÑ=~åó=áíÉã=Ñêçã=íÜÉ=mìåÅÜ=iáëí=ëÜ~ää=åçí=~äíÉê=íÜÉ=êÉëéçåëáÄáäáíó=çÑ=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åíçê=íç=ÅçãéäÉíÉ=~ää=tçêâ=áå=

~ÅÅçêÇ~åÅÉ=ïáíÜ=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=açÅìãÉåíëK=qÜÉ=^êÅÜáíÉÅí=ëÜ~ää=åçí=ÄÉ=êÉëéçåëáÄäÉ=Ñçê=~åó=çãáëëáçå=ÑêçãI=çê=çíÜÉê=ÇáëÅêÉé~åÅó=çåI=íÜÉ=mìåÅÜ=iáëíK=`çåíê~Åíçê=~ÖêÉÉë=

íç=ÅçãéäÉíÉ=çê=ÅçêêÉÅí=íÜÉ=áíÉãë=äáëíÉÇ=çå=íÜÉ=mìåÅÜ=iáëí=ïáíÜáå========Ç~óë=çÑ=íÜÉ=~ÄçîÉ=Ç~íÉ=çÑ=pìÄëí~åíá~ä=`çãéäÉíáçåK=

t~êê~åíáÉë=êÉèìáêÉÇ=ìåÇÉê=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=açÅìãÉåíë=ëÜ~ää=ÅçããÉåÅÉ=çå=íÜÉ=a~íÉ=çÑ=pìÄëí~åíá~ä=`çãéäÉíáçåI=ÉñÅÉéí=Ñçê=mìåÅÜ=iáëí=áíÉãë=~åÇ=çíÜÉê=áåÅçãéäÉíÉ=

ïçêâI=ï~êê~åíáÉë=Ñçê=ïÜáÅÜ=ëÜ~ää=ÅçããÉåÅÉ=çå=íÜÉ=Ç~íÉ=ëìÅÜ=ïçêâ=áë=ë~íáëÑ~Åíçêáäó=ÅçãéäÉíÉÇI=ìåäÉëë=çíÜÉêïáëÉ=~ÖêÉÉÇ=áå=ïêáíáåÖ=Äó=lïåÉê=~åÇ=`çåíê~ÅíçêK=

qÜÉ=lïåÉê=~åÇ=`çåíê~Åíçê=ëÜ~ää=ÑìäÑáää=~åÇ=íê~åëÑÉê=êÉëéçåëáÄáäáíáÉë=ïáíÜ=êÉÖ~êÇ=íç=áåëìê~åÅÉI=ìíáäáíáÉëI=ã~áåíÉå~åÅÉI=Ç~ã~ÖÉI=ëÉÅìêáíóI=ëìêÉíóI=~åÇ=íÜÉ=äáâÉI=áå=

~ÅÅçêÇ~åÅÉ=ïáíÜ=íÜÉ=`çåíê~Åí=açÅìãÉåíë=çê=çíÜÉê=ïêáííÉå=~ÖêÉÉãÉåí=ÄÉíïÉÉå=íÜÉãK=

qÜÉ=^êÅÜáíÉÅí=Ü~ë=ÅçåÇìÅíÉÇ=åç=íÉëíë=ÑçêI=~åÇ=ã~ÇÉ=åç=ÇÉíÉêãáå~íáçå=çÑ=íÜÉ=éêÉëÉåÅÉ=çê=ä~Åâ=çÑ=~ëÄÉëíçë=çê=çíÜÉê=Ü~ò~êÇçìë=çê=íçñáÅ=ëìÄëí~åÅÉë=çê=éçääìí~åíëK=

qÜÉ=_~ëáÅ=pÉêîáÅÉë=çÑ=íÜÉ=^êÅÜáíÉÅí=ëÜ~ää=ÉåÇ=PM=Ç~óë=~ÑíÉê=íÜÉ=a~íÉ=çÑ=pìÄëí~åíá~ä=`çãéäÉíáçåI=ìåäÉëë=çíÜÉêïáëÉ=ëí~íÉÇ=áå=íÜÉ=lïåÉêL^êÅÜáíÉÅí=^ÖêÉÉãÉåí=çê=~ÖêÉÉÇ=

áå=ïêáíáåÖK=

Begin text here . . .

Architect

By

Date Signed

Gensler

Owner/Client By Date Signed

= NMN=j~êáÉíí~=píêÉÉíI=kt=

ë:\13.7123.000\documentation\5 - design & specifications\5ps - project manual, specifications\110426_rev current

specs\div_01 gen requiremts\01 77 00gf closeout proc form sc110310dd.docx= pìáíÉ=PMMM=

= ^íä~åí~= dÉçêÖá~==PMPMP=

= qÉäW= QMQKRMTKNMMM=

p`|MTOSNM=

c~ñW= QMQKRMTKNMMN=


`ÉêíáÑáÅ~íÉ=çÑ=pìÄëí~åíá~ä=`çãéäÉíáçå=ÅçåíáåìÉÇ=

Gensler

Project

Oceanview Renovation

Project Number

13.7123.000

Project Location

300 N Osceola Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33755

As noted above.

This is page

Contractor By Date Signed

2 of

= NMN=j~êáÉíí~=píêÉÉíI=kt=

ë:\13.7123.000\documentation\5 - design & specifications\5ps - project manual, specifications\110426_rev current

specs\div_01 gen requiremts\01 77 00gf closeout proc form sc110310dd.docx= pìáíÉ=PMMM=

= ^íä~åí~= dÉçêÖá~==PMPMP=

= qÉäW= QMQKRMTKNMMM=

p`|MTOSNM=

c~ñW= QMQKRMTKNMMN=


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 02 22 00 - SITE PREPARATION, EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK FOR

FOUNDATIONS

PART 1

GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. All requirements of Division 0 and Division 1 forms a part of this section.

B. A subsurface investigation and soils report have been completed for this project. All work in this

section shall comply with the soils report.

1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES

A. Comply with federal, state, local, and other duly constituted authorities in matters pertaining to:

1. Permitting

2. Disposal of and hauling of waste material

3. Safety precautions

4. Barricades

5. Protection of environmental matters

1.03 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Perform all work specified herein as indicated within the grading area, i.e., that area within which

earth grades are shown to be approximately 5 feet outside building perimeter. Remainder of

property is to be left undisturbed, except as otherwise authorized for such purposes as spoil

or stock pile areas, temporary ditches, swales and/or haul or access roads, in which case such

authorized areas become part of the grading area. This work includes, but is not limited to,

the following:

1. Clearing and grubbing of vegetation and debris of all kinds.

2. Stripping.

3. Excavating to grade and subgrades.

4. Excavating and backfilling for foundations.

5. Providing finish load-bearing subgrades for foundations.

6. Disposal of removed materials.

7. Dewatering.

8. Laboratory testing.

B. Related work not specified under this subdivision.

1. Excavation of backfill for utilities.

2. Finish grading.

EARTHWORK FOR FOUNDATIONS 02 22 00 - 1


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.04 GENERAL

A. Contractor shall obtain a copy of the soils report for use with this section.

B. The Contractor shall examine all drawings and the specifications, consulted the records of adjacent

construction and of any existing utilities, and the connections, if any, and noted all

conditions and limitations which may influence the work required by this Section.

C. Where recommendations presented in the soils report conflict with this section, the soils report shall

govern.

1.05 EXISTING STRUCTURES

A. Care shall be exercised during excavation, backfilling, and compaction work to avoid damage to

existing buildings or foundations.

1.06 PROTECTION

A. Protect trees and dispose of all removed trees including stumps and roots.

B. Protect benchmarks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from equipment and

vehicular traffic.

C. Protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain.

D. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to

prevent cave in or loose soil from falling into excavation.

E. Notify Architect/Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected work in area

until notified to resume work.

F. Control grades in vicinity of excavations to prevent surface water running into excavated areas.

G. Conduct earthwork operations under this division to insure against rainwash and silting of

watercourses, ponds and adjoining property resulting therefrom. Should such silting occur,

restore such areas to their original condition if outside the grading areas, or to lines, grades

and conditions shown specified if within grading areas, all at no cost to the Owner.

PART 2

MATERIALS

2.01 FILL MATERIALS

A. Fill material shall be as specified in the soils report or at least clan fine sand, free of rubble, organics,

clay, debris and other unsuitable material. Fill should be tested and approved prior to

acquisition.

EARTHWORK FOR FOUNDATIONS 02 22 00 - 2


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. Source of new material and length of haul shall be the Contractor's responsibility.

C. Drainage fill: Crushed stone or gravel so that 100% passes 1-1/2" sieve with not more than 10%

passing a No. 4 sieve.

PART 3

EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum.

1. Identify known underground utilities. Stake and flag locations.

2. Identify and flag surface and aerial utilities.

3. Notify companies to remove and relocate utilities as required.

4. Maintain and protect existing utilities remaining which pass through work area.

B. If required, perform remedial dewatering prior to any earthwork operations.

C. Clear and grub site as defined in the soils report.

D. Proof-roll the subgrade in accordance with the soils report and under the observation of the testing

laboratory. Proof-rolling will help locate any zones of especially loose or soft soils not

encountered in the soil test borings. Then undercut, or otherwise treat these zones as

recommended by the testing lab.

E. Testing the subgrade for compaction will be as directed by the testing laboratory and as shown on the

structural drawings.

3.02 FILL

A. Fill in areas where required shall be placed in loose lifts as directed by the soils report.

B. In load-bearing areas, fill shall be compacted as recommended in the soils report or at least to 95% of

maximum modified Proctor dry density. A moisture content within two percent (2%) points

of optimum indicated by the modified Proctor test (ASTM D-1557) is recommended.

C. Perform compliance tests within the fill as directed by the testing lab.

3.03 EXCAVATION

A. Excavation shall conform to the dimensions and elevations shown on the drawings, but excavation

lines shall be such as to provide sufficient clearance for the proper execution of the work to

be installed. Allowances shall be made for work and inspections. Bottom of all excavations

shall be trimmed to the levels indicated and sloping surfaces cut in steps shown on drawings.

EARTHWORK FOR FOUNDATIONS 02 22 00 - 3


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

After carrying the excavation to the required depth, the Contractor shall await the inspection

and testing of the bearing soil.

B. Control of ground water, including all necessary equipment, to maintain all excavated areas in a dry

condition shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

C. Sides of temporary excavations can be cut to maximum slope of 1:1. However, no claim may be

made by the Contractor for extra work for damages resulting from slope stability failure.

D. The bottom of foundation excavations shall be compacted after excavation to densify any soils

loosened in the excavation process. Backfill soils placed adjacent to footing or walls shall be

carefully compacted with a light rubber tired roller or vibratory plate compactor to avoid

damaging the footings and walls. Approved sand fills placed in footing excavations above

the bearing level, in trench excavations, and in other areas which are expected to provide

slab support and foundation embedment constraint shall be placed in loose lifts not

exceeding 6 inches and shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% of the maximum modified

Proctor dry density.

E. Test all footing cuts for compaction to a depth of 1 foot, as directed by the testing laboratory.

3.04 DEWATERING

A. Refer to the soils report for an estimate of seasonal high ground water table.

B. The geotechnical testing laboratory shall determine the depth of ground water just prior to

construction to determine what dewatering will be required.

C. Water control will consist of, but not necessarily be limited to, well points, sumps, and pumps, in

conjunction with berms and any needed ditches. Deep wells will not be permitted.

D. Approval by the Architect of data submitted shall not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for

adequacy of dewatering system. In the event that during the progress of the work it is

determined that the dewatering system is inadequate, the Contractor shall install and operate

such additional dewatering equipment and/or make such changes in the system or plan of

operation as may be necessary to perform the dewatering system in an adequate manner.

E. Groundwater shall be maintained at least 24 inches below all earthwork, foundations, and compacted

surfaces, or as directed by the testing laboratory.

3.05 BACKFILL UNDER AND AROUND BUILDING AREA

A. All debris shall be removed from excavations prior to backfilling and filling.

B. Backfill under and around building area shall be placed in loose layers not exceeding 12" and shall

be compacted as defined in the soils report or at least to a density equal to 95% of the

EARTHWORK FOR FOUNDATIONS 02 22 00 - 4


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

modified Proctor maximum dry density as per ASTM D698-70.

C. Backfill in electrical plumbing and mechanical trenches shall be compacted to previously specified

density.

3.06 GRADING

A. Grade areas to lines and elevations indicated, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finish

surface within specified tolerances. Compact and bring to uniform levels or slopes between

points where elevations are shown or between such points and existing grades.

B. Unless shown on the drawings, slope the grade evenly to provide drainage away from the building.

C. Complete the grading operations after the building has been finished, utilities installed, site

improvements constructed, and all excavated materials, rubbish, and debris removed from

the site. Leave grade for lawns and planted areas clean and at required grades.

3.07 TESTING

A. A qualified licensed geotechnical testing laboratory shall be retained to perform all necessary quality

control testing for earthwork.

B. All testing shall comply with the project soils report.

C. See structural drawings for a minimum testing program.

D. Provide samples of materials proposed for fills as required. Cooperate with laboratory personnel in

obtaining samples, and during quality control testing.

3.08 SPECIAL NOTES

A. Fill material shall not be placed against walls until 7 days after grouting of masonry cells.

Compaction of exterior fill and interior backfill shall not be performed until wall grout has

cured 14 days.

B. Do not use drum compactor within 6 feet of walls. Compaction within 6 feet of walls shall be

accomplished with a hand operated vibratory compactor.

END OF SECTION 02 22 00

EARTHWORK FOR FOUNDATIONS 02 22 00 - 5


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building or structure.

2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.

3. Repair procedures for selective demolition operations.

4. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for use of the premises and Owner occupancy

requirements.

2. Division 01 Section 01 14 00 "Work Restrictions" for restrictions on use of the premises

due to Owner or tenant occupancy.

3. Division 01 Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preconstruction

photographs taken before selective demolition.

4. Division 01 Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary

construction and environmental-protection measures for selective demolition operations.

5. Division 01 Section 01 73 29 "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures

for selective demolition operations.

6. Division 02 Section 02 41 19 "Selective Structure Demolition" for demolition of selected

portions of existing buildings, structures, and site improvements, and the removal,

salvage, and disposal of demolished materials.

7. Division 22 Sections for demolishing, cutting, patching, or relocating plumbing items.

8. Division 23 Sections for demolishing, cutting, patching, or relocating HVAC items.

9. Division 26 Sections for demolishing, cutting, patching, or relocating electrical items.

10. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and belowgrade

improvements.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless

indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.

B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner.

C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and

reinstall them where indicated.

D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not

otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise

indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property

and shall be removed from Project site.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For demolition firm.

1. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and

addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

B. Proposed Dust-Control and Noise-Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that

indicates the measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their

operation. Identify options if proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate.

C. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:

1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending

dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's building manager's on-site operations are

uninterrupted.

2. Interruption of utility services and duration of interruption.

3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.

4. Use of elevator and stairs.

5. Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress.

6. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of

Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.

7. Means of protection for items to remain and items in path of waste removal from

building.

D. Predemolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site

improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by

selective demolition operations. Submit before Work begins.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Inventory: After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed

and salvaged.

B. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility

licensed to accept hazardous wastes.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work

similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: Comply with Division 01 Section 01 40 00 "Quality

Requirements."

C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before

beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities

having jurisdiction.

D. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.

E. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in

Division 01 Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination."

F. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in

Division 01 Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and

procedures related to selective demolition including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.

2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure.

3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials,

demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid

delays.

4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed

by selective demolition operations.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.

Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than

72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.

1. Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section 00 10 00 "Summary."

B. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished.

1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by

Owner as far as practical.

2. Before selective demolition, Contractor shall meet with Owner and determined items to

be remove by Owner, if any.

C. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the

Work.

1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work.

2. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;

immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by

Owner under a separate contract.

D. Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are present in building to be selectively demolished.

A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use. Examine report to

become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Hazardous material remediation is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

2. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials

except under procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.

F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them

against damage during selective demolition operations.

1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged

during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 4

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS

A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use

materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials.

B. Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification

Sections.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.

B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of

selective demolition required.

C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be

removed and salvaged.

D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended

function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.

Promptly submit a written report to Architect.

E. Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing

any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of

structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.

F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings and

preconstruction photographs.

1. Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section 01 32 00 "Construction

Progress Documentation."

2. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be

reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements,

materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction.

G. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition

activities.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 5

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A. Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against

damage during selective demolition operations.

1. Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified in

Division 01 Section 01 10 00 "Summary."

B. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility

services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.

1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor.

2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.

3. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before

proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass

area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other

parts of building.

4. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless

authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary

services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to

authorities having jurisdiction.

a. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during

changeover.

5. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal

remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.

a. Where entire wall is to be removed, existing services/systems may be removed

with removal of the wall.

C. Utility Requirements: Refer to Divisions 22 and 26 Sections for shutting off, disconnecting,

removing, and sealing or capping utilities. Do not start selective demolition work until utility

disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Dangerous Materials: Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals,

gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with

selective demolition operations.

1. Pest Control: Employ a certified, licensed exterminator to treat building and to control

rodents and vermin before and during selective demolition operations.

B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal

operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other

adjacent occupied and used facilities.

1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used

facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 6

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing

regulations.

2. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered

passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain.

4. Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip

line of groups of trees to remain.

C. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent

injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.

1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and

to and from occupied portions of building.

2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of

existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage

and damage to structure and interior areas.

3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are

exposed during selective demolition operations.

4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.

5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling

specified in Division 01 Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."

D. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing building and

construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction

operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building

exterior.

1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide

insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material

drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.

E. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to

limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise.

F. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, and structural

supports to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction

indicated to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of

construction being demolished.

1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.

3.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS

A. Dust Control: Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit spread

of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations.

1. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or

objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution.

2. Wet mop floors to eliminate trackable dirt and wipe down walls and doors of demolition

enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 7

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent

surfaces and areas.

1. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that

will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new

construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of

governing regulations and as follows:

1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete

selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting

members on the next lower level.

2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use

cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.

Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and

chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to

remain.

3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring

existing finished surfaces.

4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At

concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden

space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable firesuppression

devices during flame-cutting operations.

5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.

6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and

promptly dispose of off-site.

7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid

free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.

8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to

impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.

9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.

10. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing

before selective demolition operations began.

B. Existing Facilities: Comply with building manager's requirements for using and protecting

elevators, stairs, walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during

selective demolition operations.

C. Reuse of Building Elements: Project has been designed to result in end-of-Project rates for

reuse of building elements as follows. Do not demolish building elements beyond what is

indicated on Drawings without Architect's approval.

D. Removed and Salvaged Items: Comply with the following:

1. Clean salvaged items.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.

3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 8

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.

5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

E. Removed and Reinstalled Items: Comply with the following:

1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint

equipment to match new equipment.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.

3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new

materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials

necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

F. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling

during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable,

protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their

original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

3.6 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS

A. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) at

junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw. Dislodge concrete from

reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove

remainder of concrete indicated for selective demolition. Neatly trim openings to dimensions

indicated.

B. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain,

using power-driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts.

C. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and

remove.

D. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to

recommendations in RFCI-WP and its Addendum.

1. Remove residual adhesive and prepare substrate for new floor coverings by one of the

methods recommended by RFCI.

E. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than can be covered in one day by new roofing.

Refer to applicable Division 07 Section 07 01 50.19 "Preparation for Re-Roofing" and Section

07 54 19 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Roofing for new roofing requirements.

1. Remove existing roof membrane, flashings, copings, and roof accessories.

2. Remove existing roofing system down to substrate.

F. Air-Conditioning Equipment: Remove equipment without releasing refrigerants.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 9

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3.7 PATCHING AND REPAIRS

A. General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition

operations.

B. Patching: Comply with Division 01 Section 01 73 29 "Cutting and Patching."

C. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for

new materials.

1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with

an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written

recommendations.

D. Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining

construction in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.

E. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into

another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of

uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and

replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.

1. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply

with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.

2. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats

over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch.

Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.

3. Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity

of installation.

F. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane

surface of uniform appearance.

3.8 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or

otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site

and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.

1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.

2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces

and areas.

3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that

will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

C. Burning: Burning of demolished materials will be permitted only at designated areas on

Owner's property, providing required permits are obtained. Provide full-time monitoring for

burning materials until fires are extinguished.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 10

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

D. Disposal: Transport demolished materials and dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner's

property.

E. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

3.9 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective

demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition

operations began.

3.10 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE

A. Existing Items or Construction to Be Removed: As indicated in the drawings.

B. Existing Items to Be Removed and Salvaged: As indicated in the drawings.

C. Existing Items to Be Removed and Reinstalled: As indicated in the drawings.

D. Existing Items to Remain: As indicated in the drawings.

END OF SECTION 02 41 19

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 11

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1

GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE OF WORK

1. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete all

cast-in-place concrete work, including formwork, reinforcing steel and all related

work as shown and specified, except as specifically excluded hereinafter.

2. In addition to construction of cast-in-place concrete work, the work includes the

items listed below:

a. Setting anchor bolts, frames, and other items indicated to be embedded in

concrete

b. Grouting of structural steel bearing on concrete

c. Concrete curbs

d. Dowels for masonry walls

e. Concrete walks

f. Concrete pavement

g. Laboratory field testing services

3. Cooperate with affected personnel or contractors in setting and/or fastening

sleeves, piping, inserts, conduits, hangers, ties and similar items in the forms,

where such items are to be furnished and installed under other subdivisions of

these specifications.

B. RELATED WORK NOT SPECIFIED UNDER THIS SUBDIVISION

1. Foundations and pads not shown on architectural, civil or structural drawings.

2. Furnishing steel frames and grating.

3. Furnishing miscellaneous steel shapes and plates embedded in concrete.

4. Furnishing anchor bolts for structural steel.

5. Furnishing piping and conduit embedded in concrete.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. APPLICABLE STANDARDS

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-1


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Provide all materials and perform all work in accordance with the latest issue of

ACI 301 "Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete A“ and the reference

specifications listed therein.

2. The applicable provisions of the latest issue of the following ACI and CRSI

Standards are made a part of these specifications. Where the provisions of any

reference specification conflict with those of ACI 301, the more stringent

provisions govern.

ACI NUMBER TITLE

302.1R Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab

Construction

304.R Guide for Measuring, Mixing,

Transporting and Placing Concrete

304.2R-91

Placing concrete by pumping methods.

305R

Hot Weather Concreting

308 Standard Practice for Curing

Concrete

309R

Guide for Consolidation of Concrete

315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced

Concrete Structures

318 Building code requirements for reinforced concrete

347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork

70-56 Guide for Use of Epoxy Compounds with Concrete - Committee

503 Report

75-18 Concrete committee 503 report. Cold weather

concreting.

CRSI NUMBER

TITLE

1.04 SUBMITTALS

63 Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars

1. Submit, not less than 21 days prior to placing of concrete, the following proposed

concrete mix design data:

a. Intended usage and location for each type

b. Mix design for each type

c. Cement content in pounds per cubic yard

d. Coarse and fine aggregate in pounds per cubic yard

e. Water-cement ratio by weight

f. Cement type and manufacturer

g. Slump range

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-2


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

h. Air content range

I. Admixture types and manufacturers

j. Percent of admixtures by weight

k. Strength test data required to establish mix design

2. Submit complete detail and placing shop drawings for all reinforcing steel

including accessories that have been reviewed and stamped by the General

Contractor.

3. Refer to Section 01300 for all submittals.

PART 2

PRODUCTS

2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement - ASTM C 150, Type I. Type III may be used where authorized by the

Engineer.

B. Air-Entraining Admixtures - ASTM C 260, Darax AEA, W. R. Grace & Company, SIKA AER,

SIKA, MB-AE90, Master Builders, Air Mix, Euclid Chemical Corp.

C. Water-Reducing Admixtures - ASTM C 494, Type D. WRDA-64, W.R. Grace & Company

Plastiment, SIKA, Pozzolith N, Master Builders.

D. No accelerators, retarders or admixtures containing chlorides will be permitted.

E. Use fresh, clean and drinkable water for concrete.

F. For normal weight concrete use coarse and fine aggregate to conform to ASTM C33.

G. Super Plasticizer ASTM C494 Type F or G where authorized by the Engineer.

H. Fly-ash ASTM C618 Type C618. Maximum loss on ignition shall not exceed 3% by weight. The

combined weight of fly-ash shall not exceed 20 percent of the total weight of

cementitious material. The fly-ash present in

blended cement conforming to ASTM C595 shall be included in the calculated

percentage. Do not use for architectural concrete.

I. Ground granulated blast-furnish slag ASTM c989. the combined weight of GGBFS shall not

exceed 50 percent of the total weight of cementitious material. Slag used in blended

hydraulic cement confirming to ASTM C595 shall be included in the calculated

percentage.

2.02 PROPORTIONING

A. CONCRETE STRENGTH

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-3


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. PROPERTIES

1. See Structural contract drawings for minimum concrete compressive strength at

28 days.

1. Provide concrete having workability and consistency so concrete can be worked

readily into forms and around reinforcement without segregation or bleeding, and

to provide an average compressive strength adequate to meet acceptance

requirements of ACI 301.

2.03 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE

A. Concrete must be batched, mixed and transported in accordance with specifications for readymixed

concrete ASTM C 94.

B. Concrete shall be batched to produce a maximum slump of 5" with a range of 3" to 5". Refer to

2.02B unless noted otherwise.

C. Provide at the site, delivery tickets for each batch of concrete showing the following:

1. Batch number, volume and date

2. Time of loading

3. Design 28-day compressive strength

4. Concrete type

5. Cement content in pounds per cubic yard

6. Water content in pounds per cubic yard

7. Admixtures in amount per cubic yard

8. Maximum amount of water that may be added at the job site.

D. Restrict the addition of mix water at the job site. Do not add water without the approval of the

general contractor and do not exceed slump limitations or total allowable water to cement

ratio. Use cold water from the truck tank and remix to achieve consistency. The reports

shall indicate how much water was added at the job site. Note on delivery ticket amount

of water added and name of person authorizing.

E. During hot weather, conform to the detailed recommendations of ACI 305.

2.04 PLACING CONCRETE

A. GENERAL

1. Inner surfaces of conveying equipment must be free of hardened concrete and

foreign materials.

2. All reinforcing bars are to be tied in proper position prior to placing concrete.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-4


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. CONSOLIDATION

C. FINISHING

D. NONSLIP FINISH

3. Provide sufficient time for inspection of all preparatory work before proceeding

with the placing of concrete.

4. Immediately prior to placing concrete, sprinkle semi-porous sub-grades

sufficiently to eliminate suction and seal porous subgrades, except where a vapor

barrier is used.

5. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers continuously, no deeper than 18

inches. Horizontal cold joints will not be permitted. Fill forms completely using

methods to ensure even distribution of aggregate around reinforcement and into

corners of forms.

1. Consolidate concrete by vibration in accordance with the detailed

recommendations of ACI 309.

2. Internal vibrators must be used in beams, girders and framed slabs and along

bulkheads or slabs-on-grade to thoroughly consolidate the concrete. Do not use

grossly oversized equipment.

3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete within forms.

1. Finish concrete slabs in accordance with the finishes and tolerances as specified

in ACI 301, and the detailed recommendations in ACI 302. Confirm all finishes

with Architect.

2. Dusting of slabs with cement or other materials to absorb excess bleed water is

strictly prohibited.

TOLERANCE

ITEM CLASS FINISH

Exterior Pavement B Broom or belt

Exterior Walks/Curbs B Fine broom

Interior Slabs A Troweled

Exterior Steps A Nonslip

3. For flat, very flat and super flat floors, "F" numbers are required for defining

flatness and levelness. Refer to ACI 302.1R, Fig. 8.15.1.1, for minimum

required “F” numbers for type of slab use.

1. Give surface a dry shake application as specified in ACI 301 using crushed

selected abrasive aggregate of aluminum oxide. The rate of application of

blended mixture should not be less than 25 pounds per 100 square feet of surface.

2. Acceptable products are:

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-5


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

TYPE

Grip-It

Frictex N.S.

Nonslip

Emag 20

MANUFACTURER

L&M Construction Chemicals

Sonneborn

Euclid Chemical Co.

Lambert Corp.

2.05 REINFORCEMENT

A. GENERAL

1. Details of concrete reinforcement and accessories not covered herein or shown on

drawings to be in accordance with ACI 315.

2. Reinforcement is to be secured in proper position and thoroughly clean of loose

rust, scale, grease or other coatings.

B. REINFORCING MATERIALS

1. Unless otherwise indicated, for all reinforcing shown provide deformed bars

conforming to ASTM A 615, or a 616 Grade 60.

2. Smooth dowels - ASTM A 615 and A 616, plain bars having a minimum yield

strength of 60,000 psi.

3. Welded wire fabric - ASTM A 185 plain wire fabric in flat sheets.

4. Plain wire to conform to ASTM A 82.

5. Accessories to conform to ACI 315.

6. Where reinforcing rods are used as supports, use rods no lighter than No. 5.

7. Where concrete surfaces are exposed, make those portions of all accessories in

contact with the concrete surface or within 1/2 inch thereof, of plastic or stainless

steel.

C. FIBROUS REINFORCING

1. Reinforcing fibers to be virgin 100% polypropylene or nylon collated fibers, per

ASTM C1116, specifically manufactured for use in concrete, containing no

reprocessed olefin materials, with the following minimum physical

characteristics:

a. specific gravity: 0.92

b. modulus of elasticity: 500-700 KSI

c. tensile strength: 70-110 KSI

d. fiber length: multi-design gradation, 3/4" min.

2. Reinforcing fibers to be supplied by the following approved manufacturers:

a. "FIBERSTRAND 100", Euclid Chemical Company

b. "FIBERMESH", Fibermesh, Inc.

c. 'FORTA SUPER-NET", Forta Corporation

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-6


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

d. Nycon Fibers, Nycon, Inc.

3. Fibers to be added in manufacturer's approved amount with a minimum of 1.5

pounds per cubic yard for poly and 1.0 pounds per cubic yard for nylon.

4. Concrete to be batched and mixed in accordance with fiber manufacturer's

recommendations for uniform and complete dispersion of fiber bundles into

single strands within concrete.

5. Reinforcing fibers may be used in concrete slabs-on-grade in lieu of W.W.F. with

approval of the engineer. Fibers will not be permitted in precast plank or metal

deck topping slabs.

6. Submit product data for review and approval.

PART 3

EXECUTION

3.01 PLACING

A. GENERAL

3.02 JOINTS

1. Place reinforcing in conformance with the requirements of CRSI 63. Place

reinforcement in proper position prior to placing concrete. Placing reinforcement

during concrete placement will not be permitted.

2. Unless otherwise shown or indicated, provide minimum concrete protective

covering for reinforcement as follows:

a. Concrete deposited against the ground, 3".

b. Formed surfaces exposed to weather or in contact with the ground, 2" for

reinforcing bars No. 6 or larger, and 1-1/2" for reinforcing bars No. 5 or

smaller

c. Interior surfaces, 1-1/2" for beams, girders and columns, 3/4" for slabs,

walls and joists.

d. See drawing for special conditions.

3. Support reinforcing for slabs-on-grade on staggered concrete bricks or metal or

plastic bar chairs and spacers with metal plates.

4. Unless specifically authorized, do not bend reinforcement partially embedded in

hardened concrete.

5. Support and fasten all dowels in the formwork prior to placing concrete. Do not

place dowels after concrete is in place.

A. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

1. Construction joints not shown in the contract documents must be located and

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-7


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

made to least impair the strength of the structure.

2. No horizontal construction joints will be permitted in beams, girders or slabs.

3. Location of any construction joint not shown is subject to review and acceptance

by Engineer. Reinforcing is continuous through all construction joints, obtain

bond by roughening surface of concrete in an acceptable manner which will

expose aggregate uniformly and will not leave any latencies, loosened particles

or aggregate or damaged concrete at surface.

B. EXPANSION JOINTS

1. Reinforcement or other embedded metal items bonded to the concrete (except

dowels in floors bonded on only one side of joints) will not be permitted to

extend continuously through any expansion joint.

C. DOWELED SLIP JOINTS

1. Use completely smooth round bars for dowels.

2. For construction joints, paint half of bar with red lead paint. When dry, coat

painted end with satisfactory grease to insure against bond with concrete.

3. For control joints, paint and grease entire bar.

4. For expansion joints, paint, grease and provide a metal expansion cap for one

end.

5. Place in forms to insure that bars are perpendicular to joint face. Stop

reinforcement at doweled slip joints so that it will not extend through joint.

D. JOINT MATERIALS

1. Expansion joint filler non-bituminous type - ASTM D 1752, resin impregnated

fiberboard Homosote 300 or Thermosetting Polyurethane, W. R. Meadows'

Rescor. Asphalt impregnated materials are unacceptable.

2. Polyethylene Film - ASTM D 2103 minimum 6 mil.

3. Horizontal Joint Sealer - 2-component self-leveling urethane conforming to

Federal Specification TT-S-227E, Type 1, Class A. Color to match concrete.

Acceptable products are :

TYPE

Daraseal-U

Sonolastic SL2

Pourthane

MANUFACTURER

A. C. Horn

Sonneborn

W. R. Meadows

4. Vertical Joint Sealer - 1-component Polyurethane conforming to Federal

Specification TT-S-002306, Type II, Class A, color to match concrete.

Acceptable products are:

TYPE

MANUFACTURER

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-8


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SIKAFLEX IA

SONOLASTIC NPI

SIKA

Sonneborn

5. Epoxy Joint Sealer - semi-rigid epoxy, MM80 as manufactured by Metzger

McGuire Co., master fill 300 by Master Builders.

6. Epoxy Bond - 2-component 100 percent solids epoxy resin, amine cured.

Acceptable materials are Concresive Series by Master Builders, Sonneborn=s

Epogrip and Epiweld 580 by Lambert Corp.

7. Epoxy Grout - Epoxy bond filled with suitable mineral filler, 100 percent passing

the No. 100 sieve, in ratio to insure thixotropic action without impairment of

adhesive properties.

8. Compressive Joint Material - expanded polystyrene having a compressive

strength not less than 8 psi when the board is compressed to a deformation of 5

percent of its original thickness when tested in conformance with ASTM C 165,

modified to change drying temperature to 150 o F.

9. Felt - 30 pound asphalt or coal tar roofing felt ASTM D 226 or D 227.

E. PLACING DOWELS IN EXISTING CONCRETE

3.03 FORMWORK

A. GENERAL

1. Use deformed reinforcing bars as dowels. Drill holes in existing concrete of size

1/2" larger in diameter than the dowel using power-driven drill with tungstencarbide

tipped bit ground to insure against oversize hole. Clean out holes with

air. Thoroughly swab surfaces of hole and embedded portion of dowel with

epoxy grout. Force dowel into place. Wipe off excess grout and let set for not

less than 12 hours at a temperature above 60 o F.

1. Provide and construct formwork in accordance with ACI 301 and 347.

2. Form design by P.E. registered in the State of Florida.

3. Observe and check formwork continuously while concrete is being placed to

determine that there are no evidences of changes of elevations, plumbness, or

camber and adjust forms as necessary. If, during construction, any such evidence

or other defect appears, stop the work, remove concrete placed, if necessary, and

repair formwork or supports before proceeding.

4. Earth cuts may be used as forms for footing vertical surfaces increase size 2 inch.

5. Forms and shoring is the responsibility of General Contractor.

B. FORMWORK MATERIALS

1. Make forms of lumber, plywood, metal or other materials suitable to provide the

strength and tolerances specified herein before and the surface finishes specified

hereinafter.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-9


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

2. Forming exposed surfaces use any of the following materials as suitable for the

specified finish, and to produce smooth uniform surfaces, true-to-line, in order

that surfaces produced will require little finishing:

a. New plastic-bonded natural plywood, American Plywood Association,

HD Overlay Plyform Class I, Ext-APA, or equal.

3. For forming exposed surfaces use plywood, or other nonmetallic surfaces free

from knots, warps, breaks, or other defects likely to cause irregular surfaces.

4. Provide commercial formulation form coating compounds with maximum VOC

of 350 mg/1 that will not bond with stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces

and will not impair subsequent surface treatments.

C. REMOVAL OF FORMS

1. Forms and shoring in the formwork supporting the weight of concrete, in beams,

slabs and other structural elements are to remain in place until the concrete has

reached its specified 28-day compressive strength.

2. Formwork and facing forms for members such as grade beams, foundation walls

and spread footings not supporting the weight of concrete may be removed as

soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from the removal

operations.

3. Arrange shores and other vertical supports so that the non-load carrying formfacing

material may be removed without loosening or disturbing the shores and

supports.

4. Whenever the formwork is removed during the curing period, continue curing of

both the unexposed and exposed concrete by one of the methods specified in

section "Curing and Protection".

D. REMOVAL STRENGTH

1. Removal Strength - The concrete will be presumed to have reached its specified

strength when additional test cylinders (paid for by contractor) are field cured

along with the concrete they represent and have reached the strength specified.

3.04 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS

A. GENERAL

1. Patch all tie holes and repair all honeycombed and defective areas immediately

after form removal.

2. For surfaces other than those to be backfilled against, use patching mortar.

3. For surfaces to be backfilled against, use mastic damp-proofing compound,

except that where reinforcing is exposed, use patching mortar.

4. Remove all honeycombed and defective concrete down to sound concrete prior to

patching. Thoroughly clean the holes of dirt and debris.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-10


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. PATCHING MORTAR

1. Cut edges of honeycombed and defective concrete to form dove-tail (undercut)

joints. No feather edges will be permitted.

2. Apply a chemical bonding agent to voided surface. An acceptable product is

L&M Construction chemicals – Everbond or equivalent.

3. Patch the cement mortar as specified in ACI 301, or with proprietary patching

compounds, except that proprietary patching mixtures may be not used on

exposed surfaces.

4. Acceptable proprietary patching mixtures are:

a. Euclid Chemical Corporation - Poly Patch

b. SIKA - Sikaset Mortar

c. Emaco R Series - Master Builders

d. Lambert Corp, Lambco Vinyl Patch

e. Sonneborn - Sonopatch

C. MASTIC DAMP-PROOFING COMPOUND

1. Patch full depth of hole and flush the surface with emulsified asphalt mastic

heavy viscosity for trowel application. Prepare and place in accordance with

manufacturer's directions. Acceptable products are:

a. W. R. Meadows - Sealmastic Trowel Mastic

b. Euclid Chemical Company - Damp-proofing Asphalt Coatings

c. Sonneborn - Hydrocide 700 Mastic

d. Lambert Corp – Waterban 60M

3.05 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES - GENERAL

A. After removal of forms, give surfaces of concrete the following finishes as specified in ACI 301.

SURFACE

FINISH

Unexposed

Rough Form

Exposed

Smooth Form

Exposed to Public View Smooth Rubbed

3.06 CURING AND PROTECTION

A. GENERAL

1. Conform to the applicable detailed recommendations of ACI 301 and 308.

2. Hot weather curing to be in accordance with applicable ACI Standard 305.

3. All cast-in-place concrete must be maintained with minimal moisture loss at a

relatively constant temperature for a minimum of 7 days following the placing of

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-11


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. MATERIALS

the concrete by the use of a water spray, water saturated fabric, moisture

retaining membrane or liquid curing compound.

4. Full curing days will be determined by the cumulative number of days or

fractions thereof during which the temperature of the air in contact with the

concrete is above 50°F

5. Cure slabs-on-grade for the first 72 hours by the use of:

a. fog spraying

b. ponding

c. sprinkling

d. continuously wet absorptive mats or fabric

e. continue curing by use of moisture retaining cover until concrete has

obtained its specified 28 day compressive strength

f. or liquid curing compound after finishing process is completed.

5. Fog spraying, ponding, sprinkling or continuously wet absorptive mats or fabric.

Continue curing by use of moisture retaining cover until

concrete has obtained its specified 28 day compressive strength or liquid curing

compound.

6. Submit materials and method of curing for review.

7. Do not use moisture retaining curing compounds for curing surfaces to receive

the following coverings, unless it has been demonstrated that such compounds

will not prevent bond of:

a. Carpet

b. Flexible flooring

c. Ceramic tiled floors

d. Other specified floor systems

1. Where moisture retaining membranes or curing compounds are used for curing,

provide only materials conforming to the following requirements:

a. Polyethylene Film - ASTM C171, Type II

b. Waterproof Paper - ASTM C 171, Type I

c. Absorptive Cover - AASHTO M 182, Class 3, Burlap cloth made from

Jute or Kenaf or ASTM C 440 cotton mats

d. ASTM C309 spray on at max.

C. TEMPERATURE, WIND AND HUMIDITY

1. Do not permit concrete not fully cured to be exposed to excessive temperature

changes or high winds.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-12


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3.07 EMBEDDED ITEMS

A. GENERAL

1. Prior to concreting, place all embedded items to be provided under this

subdivision or to be furnished under other subdivisions for installation under this

subdivision.

2. Give all contractors whose work is related to the concrete or must be supported

by it, ample notice and opportunity to introduce and/or furnish embedded items

before the concrete is placed.

3. Make certain that all embedded items furnished and set in forms by them are

secured in position, and exercise due care not to disturb or damage their work

while placing concrete.

4. Set anchor bolts for steel and equipment in accordance with setting drawings or

templates which have been reviewed and found satisfactory.

5. Where holes in concrete for such purposes as recesses for railing posts,

passageways for pipes, and the like are shown formed by sleeves, the contractor

may, at his option, provide such holes by drilling with a acceptable diamond or

tungsten carbide tipped drill bits. Fill with epoxy seal after railings are in place.

B. EMBEDDED ITEMS TO BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS SUBDIVISION

1. Dovetail anchor slots and dovetail brick anchors - DAS-G20 beehive dovetail

anchor slot as manufactured by Gateway Building Products, together with DBA-

G14 dovetail brick anchors. Provide masonry trades with one anchor for each

16" of anchor slot or fraction thereof plus one additional anchor for each vertical

section. Place anchor slots 1'-4" on center in beams and walls where masonry

abuts and one slot in each face of each column faced with masonry. Furnish

anchors to space 16" on center in slots.

2. Plastic reglets for above and below grade counter flashing. Make of Type A

rigid polyvinyl chloride, 0.060" thick, as manufactured by Superior Concrete

Accessories, Inc. or equal.

3. Sleeves - galvanized steel pipe ASTM A 120, or plastic pipe ASTM D 2661,

ASTM D 2665 or ASTM D 2852, bituminized fiber pipe conforming to ASTM D

1861 or Wilson anchor bolt sleeve.

Anchor Bolts - ASTM F1554-GR 36. Furnish with one leveling nut plus one nut

and one washer.

5. Cast Iron Frames and Grates - as manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company.

Castings as manufactured by Flockhart Foundry Company or McKinley Iron

Works may be acceptable, provided the dimensions and design are comparable in

all respects.

6. Water stops locations as shown on drawings.

3.08 VAPOR BARRIER

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-13


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Provide sub-grade under concrete slabs-on-grade with vapor barrier consisting of

polyethylene film not thinner than 6 mils, conforming to ASTM C 171, or asphalt

laminated reinforced Kraft paper with polyethylene coating on both sides.

Moistop as manufactured by St. Regis Laminated and Coated Products Division.

2. Provide film in width and length not less than one foot larger than dimensions of

slab sub-grade unless patently impracticable. Where joints are necessary, lap

edges not less than 6" and tape continuously. Take care to avoid puncturing film.

Immediately prior to placing concrete, tape-seal all tears, cuts and holes.

3.09 GROUTING OF BASE PLATES

1. Nonferrous grout acceptable products are:

TYPE

Crystex

Five Star

Sonogrout

Euco N.S.

Construction Grout

Vibroprvf #11

MANUFACTURER

L&M Construction Chemicals

U.S. Grout

Sonneborn

Euclid Chemical Company

Master Builders

Lambert Corp.

3.10 TESTING

A. GENERAL

2. Mix and place in conformance with printed instructions of the manufacturer.

1. The services of an independent testing laboratory shall be retained for obtaining

test specimens and performing quality control work, routine testing of materials

or proposed mix designs and of resulting concrete for compliance with technical

requirements of specifications.

2. Testing of field-cured test cylinders, or testing required because of changes

requested by contractor in materials or proportions of the mix, as well as any

extra testing of concrete or materials occasioned by failure to meet specification

requirements, to be at contractor's expense.

3. Failure of the testing laboratory to detect any defective work or materials is not in

any way to prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered, nor is it to

obligate the owner for final acceptance.

4. The testing agency and/or its representatives are not authorized to revoke, alter,

relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the specifications, not to approve or

accept any portion of the work, not to act as foreman or perform other duties for

contractor.

B. SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE TESTING AGENCY

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-14


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Field Sampling - Secure from different batches, on a truly random basis,

composite samples for all field testing required below in accordance with ASTM

C 172 where applicable. Take all samples at discharge end of conveying system.

Clearly mark each test specimen master as to exact part of the structure

represented, class of concrete curing conditions, temperature of concrete, and

time and date of sample.

2. Compressive Strength Test - mold and cure test cylinders in accordance with

ASTM C 31 and test each cylinder for strength in accordance with ASTM C 39.

Take one "test set" consisting of four cylinders for each day's pour of 50 cubic

yards, or fraction thereof. Test cylinders one at 7 and two 28 days, one hold.

3. Slump Tests - determine slump range for each "test set" in conformance with

ASTM C 143.

4. Air Content Test - determine air content for each "test set" for air-entrained

concrete in accordance with ASTM C 231.

5. Submit two copies of the results in each of the above tests and inspection to the

contractor and the owner's representative and Engineer.

6. Should any of the test results fail to meet the requirements specified, make an

immediate telephone report to the contractor and the owner's representative.

7. Furnish evaluation reports of compression tests as recommended by ACI 214

when any compression test fails to meet the specified strength.

3.11 ACCEPTANCE OF STRUCTURE

A. GENERAL

B. CRACKS

1. Acceptance of structure will be made in conformance with ACI 301, except that

contractor must pay all costs incurred for providing any additional testing or

analysis required when strength of structure is considered potentially deficient.

1. The contractor will be required to restore without cost to the owner any concrete

which develops cracks within a period of one year after placement which has not

been caused by action of the owner or others in over stressing the concrete.

2. Repair the cracks by means that will restore the cracked members to their

designed strength and appearance by acceptable methods which will not impair

the appearance of the affected surfaces, if exposed. Such repairs must be

performed by use of suitable epoxy cements employed by an organization having

satisfactorily demonstrated ability in the techniques necessary to effect such

repairs, or by other acceptable methods.

END OF SECTION 03 30 00

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-15


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 03 54 16 – HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling underlayment for interior

finish flooring.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit product data for each product indicated.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer (applicator) who is acceptable to

manufacturer, who has completed cement-based underlayment applications similar in material

and extent to that required for this Project, and whose work has resulted in construction with a

record of successful in-service performance.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials in original packages and containers, with seals unbroken, bearing

manufacturer's labels indicating brand name and directions for storage, mixing with other

components, and application.

B. Store materials to comply with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent deterioration from

moisture or other detrimental effects.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for

substrate temperature and moisture content, ambient temperature and humidity, ventilation, and

other conditions affecting underlayment performance.

B. Close areas to traffic during underlayment application and for time period after application

recommended in writing by manufacturer.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate cement-based underlayment with requirements of finish flooring products, including

adhesives, specified in Division 09 Sections.

HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT 03 54 16-1

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1. Before installing surface sealers, if recommended by underlayment manufacturer, verify

compatibility with finish flooring installation adhesives.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CEMENT-BASED UNDERLAYMENT

A. Underlayment: Portland cement-based, polymer-modified, products that can be applied in

thicknesses required for conditions indicated and that can be feathered at edges to match

adjacent floor elevations.

1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, Portland cement, or hydraulic or blended hydraulic

cement as defined by ASTM C 219.

2. Compressive Strength:

a. Self-Leveling Grade: Not less than 5000 psi (34 MPa) at 28 days when tested

according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.

b. Trowel Grade: Not less than 5000 psi (34 MPa) at 28 days when tested according

to ASTM C 109/C 109M.

B. Water: Potable and at a temperature of not more than 70 deg F. (21 deg. C.).

C. Primers: Product of the underlayment manufacturer recommended in writing for substrate,

thickness, and conditions indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for conditions affecting performance of

underlayment including substrate moisture content. Begin underlayment application only after

unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 APPLICATION

A. Prepare and clean substrates indicated to receive underlayment according to manufacturer’s

written instructions. Provide clean, dry, neutral-pH substrate for underlayment application.

1. Treat nonmoving substrate cracks with a crack filler or elastomeric compound in

accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions.

B. Concrete Substrates: Mechanically remove laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds,

form-release agents, dust, dirt, grease, oil, existing flooring adhesive residues, existing paint

droppings, and other contaminants that might impair underlayment bond according to the

underlayment manufacturer’s written instructions.

HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT 03 54 16-2

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Gensler April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

C. Adhesion Tests: After substrate preparation, test substrate for adhesion with underlayment

according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. General: Mix and apply underlayment components according to manufacturer's written

instructions.

1. Coordinate application of components, including primer, to provide optimum

underlayment-to-substrate and intercoat adhesion.

B. Apply primer over prepared substrate at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate.

C. Apply underlayment to produce uniform, surface that is completely level at areas indicated to

receive self-leveling type underlayment.

1. Apply without aggregate to produce smooth surface.

2. Feather edges as required for smooth transitions to adjacent floor elevations.

D. Cure underlayment according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent contamination

during application and curing processes.

E. Do not install finish flooring over underlayment until after time period recommended by

underlayment manufacturer.

F. Remove and replace underlayment areas that evidence lack of bond with substrate, including

areas that emit a "hollow" sound when tapped.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Protect underlayment from concentrated and rolling loads for remainder of construction period.

END OF SECTION 03 54 16

HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT 03 54 16-3

Copyright 2011 Gensler


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 04 20 00 - UNIT MASONRY

PART 1

GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and

Division 1 Specification Sections, apply this Section.

1.02 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Provide labor, material, equipment and perform operations necessary for, and incidental to, erection

of masonry work.

B. Related sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section:

1. Division 3 section "Cast-in-Place Concrete"

C. Products installed but not furnished under this Section include the following:

1. Steel lintels in unit masonry are specified in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrication".

2. Wood nailers and blocking built into unit masonry are specified in Division 6

Section "Rough Carpentry".

3. Reglets in masonry joints for metal flashing are specified in Division 7 Section

“Flashing and Sheet Metal".

4. Hollow metal frames in unit masonry openings are specified in Division 8 Section

"Steel Doors and Frames".

5. Hollow metal frames in unit masonry openings are specified in Division 8 Section

"Custom Hollow Metal Work".

6. Sealants

1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide unit masonry that develops the following installed compressive strengths (f'm):

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-1


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

1.04 SUBMITTALS

1. f'm = 1500 psi on net area.

A. Submit for review, manufacturer’s literature and/or drawings of material that is pre-fabricated or

preassembled.

1. Product data for each different masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured

product indicated.

2. Shop drawings for reinforcing detailing fabrication, bending, and placement of unit

masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315 "Details and Detailing of Concrete

Reinforcing" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and

arrangement of masonry reinforcement.

3. Submitted shop drawings must be checked and signed by the General Contractor.

4. Material certificates signed by manufacturer and Contractor certifying that each type

of masonry unit complies with requirements specified in referenced unit masonry

standard, including fire performance characteristics.

5. Hot weather construction procedures evidencing compliance with requirements

specified in referenced unit masonry standard.

6. Results from tests and inspections performed by Owner's representatives will be

reported promptly and in writing to Architect and Contractor.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Unit masonry standard: ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 "Specifications for Masonry Structures".

B. Fire performance characteristics: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to

those of assemblies whose fire resistances has been determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing

and inspecting organization, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by other means, as

acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Single source responsibility for masonry units: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality,

including color for exposed masonry, from the manufacturer for each cementitious

component and from one source and producer for each aggregate.

D. The contractor shall retain a qualified testing laboratory to perform the following tests:

1. Sample and test grout in accordance with ASTM C1019 for each 5000 square foot of

masonry.

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-2


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

2. Slump tests - ASTM C143.

E. When requested by the Architect/Engineer, a qualified testing laboratory shall be retained to perform

masonry prism test in accordance with ASTM E447, Method B, modified as follows:

a. Prisms shall be stack bond, one unit long and thick with a full mortar bed.

b. Limit height/thickness ratio from 1.33 - 5.00

c. Provide a minimum of one joint.

One set of three (3) prisms prior to construction and during construction for each

5000 square feet of wall.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver masonry material to project in undamaged condition.

B. Store and handle masonry units off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location to prevent their

deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, and

other causes. If units become wet, do not place until units are in an air-dried condition.

C. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in dry location.

D. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and

contamination avoided.

E. Store masonry accessories including metal items to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and

oil.

1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Protection of masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof

sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is

not in progress.

B. Extend cover to minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place.

C. Where one wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure

cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in

place.

D. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrate loads for at least 3

days after building masonry walls or columns.

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-3


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

E. Stain prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed

or painted. Remove immediately any grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such

masonry.

F. Protect base of walls from rain splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of covering spread on

ground and over wall surface.

G. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.

H. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral

finish from mortar droppings.

I. Hot weather construction: Comply with referenced unit masonry standard.

PART 2

GENERAL

2.01 MATERIALS - GENERAL

A. Comply with referenced unit masonry standard and other requirements specified in this Section

applicable to each material indicated.

2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

A. General: Comply with requirements indicated below applicable to each form of concrete masonry

required.

B. Masonry Units for Fire-Rated Walls

1. Provide fire-rated units which are rated product of manufacturer listed in latest

revision of building materials list, published by UL. In lieu of above rating, furnish

fire resistive units on basis of examination, tests and report by nationally recognized

testing agency acceptable to governing authorities and codes having jurisdiction.

Report must state that units proposed to be furnished are equivalent in fire rating to

those products furnished by producers in above UL building materials list.

C. Size: Provide concrete masonry units complying with requirements indicated below for size that are

manufactured to specified face dimensions within tolerances specified in the applicable

referenced ASTM specification for concrete masonry units.

D. Concrete masonry units: Manufactured to specified dimensions of 3/8 inch less than nominal widths

by nominal heights by nominal lengths indicated on drawings.

E. Provide Type II, non-moisture controlled units.

F. Exposed faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated.

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-4


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

G. Hollow load-bearing concrete masonry units: ASTM C 90, Grade N and as follows:

1. Unit compressive strength: Provide units with minimum average net area

compressive strength indicated below. Not less than the unit compressive strengths

required to produce concrete unit masonry construction of compressive strength

indicated.

H. Weight classification: Normal weight

2.03 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS

A. Mortar - Type M or S

B. Grout - 2500 psi at 28 days

C. Portland cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. Provide natural color.

D. Ready-mixed mortar: Cementitious materials, water, and aggregate complying with requirements

specified in this article, combined with set controlling admixtures to produce a ready-mixed

mortar complying with ASTM C 270.

E. Hydrated lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.

F. Aggregate for mortar: ASTM C 144, except for joints less than 1/4 inch use aggregate graded with

100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve.

G. Aggregate for grout: ASTM C 404.

H. Water: Clean and potable.

2.04 REINFORCING STEEL

A. General: Provide reinforcing steel complying with requirements of referenced unit masonry standard

and this article, formed from the following:

1. Galvanized carbon steel wire, coating class as required by referenced unit masonry

standard for application indicated.

B. Description: Welded wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross

rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units, and

complying with requirements indicated below:

1. Wire diameter for side rods: 0.1483 inch (9 gage).

C. For single wythe masonry provide type as follows with single pair of side rods:

1. Ladder design with perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches O.C.

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-5


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

D. For multi wythe masonry provide type as follows:

1. Ladder design with perpendicular cross spaced not more than 16 inches O.C. and

number of side rods as follows:

2. Number of side rods for multi wythe concrete masonry: One side rod for each face

shell of hollow masonry units more than 4 inches or less in nominal width.

E. Tab design with single pair of side rods and rectangular box-type cross ties spaced not more than 16

inches O.C., with side rods spaced for embedment within each face shell of backup wythe

and ties extended to engage the outer wythe by at least 1-1/2" inches.

F. Use units with adjustable two piece rectangular ties where horizontal joints of facing wythe do not

align with those of backup by more than and where indicated.

G. Available manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering joint

reinforcement that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the

following:

1. AA Wire Products/Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.

2. Dur-O-Wal, Inc.

3. Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America

2.05 TIES AND ANCHORS

A. General: Provide ties and anchors specified in subsequent articles that comply with requirements for

metal and size of reference unit masonry standard and this article.

B. Galvanized carbon steel wire: ASTM A 82, coating class as required by referenced unit masonry

standard for application indicated.

C. Wire diameter: 0.1875 inch.

D. Galvanized heavy thickness steel sheet: ASTM A 635 (commercial quality) hot-rolled carbon steel

sheet hot-dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 525, Class B3, for rigid

anchors fabricated from steel sheet or strip with a thickness of 0.180 inch and greater.

E. Steel plates and bars: ASTM A 36, hot dipped galvanized to comply with ASTM A 123 or ASTM A

153, Class B3, as applicable to size and form indicated.

F. Available manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products

that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Dur-O-Wal, Inc.

2. Heckman Building Products, Inc.

3. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-6


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

2.06 BENT WIRE TIES

A. Individual units prefabricated from bent wire to comply with requirements indicated below:

1. Tie shape for hollow masonry units laid with cells vertical: Rectangular with closed

ends and not less than 4 inches wide.

B. Type for masonry where coursing between wythes align: Unit ties bent from one piece of wire.

C. Type for masonry where coursing between wythes does not align: Adjustable ties composed of two

parts, one with pintles, the other with eyes, maximum misalignment 1-1/4 inches.

2.07 ADJUSTABLE ANCHORS FOR CONNECTING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL WORK

A. General: Two piece assemblies as described below allowing vertical or horizontal differential

movement between wall and framework parallel to plane of wall, but resisting tension and

compression forces perpendicular to it.

B. For anchorage to concrete framework, provide manufacturer's standard with dovetail anchor section

formed from sheet metal and triangular shaped wire ties section seized to extend within 1

inch of masonry face and as follows:

1. Wire diameter: 0.1875 inch

2.08 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS

A. Unit type masonry inserts in concrete: Cast iron or malleable iron inserts of type and sized indicated.

B. Dovetail slots: Furnished dovetail slots, with filler strips, or slot size indicated, fabricated from

0.0336 inch (22 gage) sheet metal.

2.09 POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS

A. Anchors as described below, with capacity to sustain, without failure, load imposed within factors of

safety indicated, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified

independent testing laboratory.

1. Type: Chemical anchors

2. Type: Expansion anchors

B. Corrosion protection: Carbon steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class

Fe/Zn 5 (5 microns) for Class SC 1 service condition (mild).

C. For cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in concrete: Capability to sustain, without failure, a load

equal to 4 times loads imposed by masonry.

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-7


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

D. For post-installed anchors in grouted concrete masonry units: Capability to sustain, without failure, a

load equal to 6 times loads imposed by masonry.

2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES

A. Non-metallic expansion joint strips: Pre-molded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Type 2

(closed cell), Class A (cellular rubber and rubber-like materials with specific resistance to

petroleum base oils), Grade 1 (compression deflection range of 2-5 psi), compressible up to

35 percent, of width and thickness indicated, formulated from the following material:

1. Neoprene

2. Urethane

3. Polyvinyl chloride

B. Preformed control joint gaskets: Materials as indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block and

to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated.

1. Styrene-Butadiene rubber compound: ASTM D 2000, Designation 2AA-805

2. Polyvinyl Chloride: ASTM D 2287, General Purpose Grade, Type PVC-65406

C. Bond breaker strips: Asphalt saturated organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I

(No. 15 asphalt felt).

2.11 MASONRY CLEANERS

A. Job mixed detergent solution: Solution of trisodium phosphate (1/2 cup dry measure) dissolved in

one gallon of water.

B. Job mixed muriatic solution: Solution of 1 part muriatic acid and 10 parts clean water, mixed in a

non-metallic container with acid added to water.

C. Proprietary acidic cleaner: Manufacturer's standard strength, general purpose cleaner designed for

removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new

masonry surfaces of type indicated below without discoloring or damaging masonry

surfaces; expressly approved for intended use by manufacturer of masonry units being

cleaned.

D. For masonry not subject to metallic oxidation stains, use formulation consisting of a concentrated

blend of surface acting acids, cheating, and wetting agents.

E. For masonry subject to metallic oxidation stains, use formulation consisting of a liquid blend of

organic and inorganic acids and special inhibitors.

F. Available products: Subject to compliance with requirements, a product that may be used to clean

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-8


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

until masonry surfaces includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. "Sure Klean No. 600 Detergent", ProSoCo, Inc.

2. "Sure Klean No. 101 Lime Solvent", ProSoCo, Inc.

3. "Sure Klean Vana Trol", ProSoCo, Inc.

2.12 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES

A. General: Do not add admixtures including coloring pigments, air-entraining agents, antifreeze

compounds, or admixtures, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.

C. Procedures of ASTM C780 is to be used to test and evaluate mortar and establish preconstruction

datum and quality control testing for types of mortar indicated below:

1. Type M or S

D. Grout for unit masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476 and referenced unit masonry standard.

2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Concrete masonry unit tests: For each type, class, and grade of concrete masonry unit indicated, units

will be tested by qualified independent testing laboratory for strength, absorption, and

moisture content per ASTM C 140, if required by Architect.

PART 3

EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation

tolerances and other specific conditions, and other conditions affecting performance of unit

masonry.

B. Examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to

installation.

C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Mix mortar and grout in power driven, drum type mixers. Operate mixer a minimum of 5 minutes

after addition of all materials.

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-9


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. Comply with referenced unit masonry standard and other masonry construction to the full thickness

shown. Build single wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of

nominal thickness indicated.

C. Build chases and recesses as shown or required to accommodate items specified in this and other

sections of the specifications. Provide not less than 8 inches of masonry between chase or

recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses. Coordinate masonry

with all adjacent work of other trades.

D. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After installation of

equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to the opening.

E. Cut masonry units with motor driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as

required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining constructions. Use full size units

without cutting where possible.

F. Matching existing masonry: Where applicable, match coursing, bonding, color, and texture of new

masonry with existing masonry.

G. Do not use masonry units with chips, cracks, voids, discolorations or other defects.

3.03 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES

A. Comply with construction tolerances of ACI 530 or N.C.M.A.

3.04 LAYING MASONRY WALLS

A. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and

for accurate locating of openings, movement type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid the use

of less-than-half-size units at corners, jambs, and where possible at other locations.

B. Lay up walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately spaced and

coordinated with other construction.

C. Bond pattern for exposed masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern; do not use

units with less

than nominal 4 inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.

1. One half running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses

above and below.

D. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bounded by lapping not less than

2 inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less

than nominal 4 inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-10


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

E. Stopping and resuming work: In each course, rack back 1/2 unit length for one-half running bond or

1/3 unit length for one -third running bond; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set

masonry, wet clay masonry units lightly (if required), and remove loose masonry units and

mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.

F. Re-temper mortar as necessary to keep plastic. Use no mortar after setting has begun or after 2 1/2

hours of initial mixing.

G. Built-in work: As construction progresses, built-in items specified under this and other sections of

the specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.

H. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated.

I. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath

in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.

J. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 3 courses (24 inches) under bearing plates,

beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated.

K. Reinforced vertical concrete blocks cells, grouting solid where indicated on plan.

3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING

A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells.

Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and

pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities are to be filled with grout.

For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed

including areas under cells.

3.06 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT

A. General: Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcement as indicated. Install longitudinal side rods

in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch of exterior side of walls,

1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches.

B. Cut of interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut

and bed reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets,

column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions.

D. Provide horizontal joint reinforcement at doors and windows for first and second block course above

and below apertures. Run reinforcing continuous or extend two feet from aperture edge.

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-11


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

3.07 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

A. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural members to comply

with the following:

1. Provide an open space not less than 1 inch in width between masonry and structural

member, unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid

materials.

2. Anchor masonry to structural members with flexible anchors embedded in masonry

joints and attached to structure.

3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches o.c. vertically and 26 inches

o.c. horizontally.

3.08 MOVEMENT (CONTROL AND EXPANSION) JOINTS

A. General: Install control and expansion joints in unit masonry where indicated. Build in related items

as masonry progresses. Do not form a continuous span through movement joints unless

provisions are made to prevent in-plane restraint of wall or partition movement.

B. Form control joints in concrete masonry as follows:

3.09 LINTELS

1. Fit bond breaker strips on in ends of block units on one side of control joint. Fill the

joint with mortar and rake joints in exposed faces.

A. Install steel lintels where indicated.

B. Provide masonry lintels where shown and wherever openings of more than 0'-8" for brick size units

and 1'-0" for block size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels.

Provide reinforced precast concrete lintels. Cure precast lintels before handling and

installation.

C. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated.

3.10 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY

A. General: Install reinforced unit masonry to comply with requirements or referenced unit masonry

standard.

B. Temporary formwork: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements

during construction. Contractor is completely responsible for the proper design and

construction of all temporary forms and bracing.

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-12


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

C. Construct formwork to conform to shape, line, and dimensions shown. Make sufficiently tight to

prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and

shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry.

D. Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to

resist grout pressure.

E. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to

carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during

construction.

3.11 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING

A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or

if units do not

match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units and in fresh mortar or grout,

pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.

B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely

fill with mortar. Point up all joints including corners, openings,

and adjacent construction to provide a neat, uniform appearance, prepared for application of

sealants.

C. Final cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:

1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden

paddles and non-metallic scrape hoes or chisels.

2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave 1/2 panel uncleaned for

comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before

proceeding with cleaning of masonry.

3. Protect adjacent stone and non-masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by

covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or

waterproof masking tape.

4. Wet all surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; remove cleaners

promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water.

5. Clean concrete masonry by means of cleaning method indicated in N.C.M.A. TEK

45 applicable to type of stain present on exposed surfaces.

D. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that

ensure unit masonry is without damage and deterioration at time of substantial completion.

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-13


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

END OF SECTION 04 20 00

UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00-14


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 05 04 00 - HOT DIP GALVANIZING

Part 1 GENERAL

1.01 WORK INCLUDED

A. Hot dip galvanizing of iron and steel materials.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Steel materials, fabrications, and assemblies are specified to be furnished and installed in

various other sections.

1.03 REFERENCES

A. Publications

1. American Galvanizers Association (AGA)Inspection of Products Hot Dip

Galvanized after Fabrication. The Design of Products to be Hot Dip Galvanized

after Fabrication. Recommended Details of Galvanized Structures.

2. Research Council on Structural Connections of the Engineering Foundation:

3. Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts

B. REFERENCES STANDARDS

1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

A123

A143

A153

A384

A385

A767

A780

Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized

Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement

Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware

Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot-Dip

Galvanizing of Steel Articles

Providing High-quality Zinc Coatings (Hot-Dip)

Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for

Concrete Reinforcement

Repair of Damaged Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings

2. Federal Specifications:

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

DOD-P-21035, Paint, High Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing Repair, MIL-P-

26915, Primer Coating, Zinc Dust Pigmented

HOT DIP GALVANIZING 05 04 00 - 1


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

A. Coating Applicator: Company specializing in hot-dip galvanizing after fabrication and

following the procedures of the Quality Assurance Manual of the American Galvanizers

Association.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit an original and two copies of the coating applicator's notarized Certificate of

Compliance that the hot-dip galvanized coating meets or exceeds the specified

requirements of ASTM A 123, A767 or A153 (as applicable).

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Load and store galvanized articles in accordance with accepted industry standards.

PART 2

PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCEPTABLE COATING APPLICATORS

A. Members of the American Galvanizers Association or equal approved by the Architect

and/or Engineer.

2.02 STEEL MATERIALS

A. Material for galvanizing to be geometrically suitable for galvanizing as described in

ASTM A384 and A385. Steel materials suitable for galvanizing include structural

shapes, pipe, sheet, fabrications and assemblies.

B. Material to be chemically suitable for galvanizing.

Steels containing carbon below 0.25 percent, phosphorus below 0.04 percent and

manganese below 1.35 percent, either individually or in combination, and providing the

silicon content is 0.05 percent or less, will normally develop a typical coating when

conventional galvanizing techniques are applied.

In cases where a steel is selected for considerations other than galvanizing and the

chemistry of the elements (C,Mn, P, and Si) exceeds the limits indicted above, the steel

may be galvanizable. The galvanizer must be advised of the variation in advance so that

he can determine of the material is galvanizable and whether or not special processing

techniques will be required.

Experience has shown that silicon in the range of 0 to 0.04% produce coatings of normal

integrity and performance. Steels with silicon contents significantly below 0.4% produce

coatings of normal integrity and performance. Steels with silicon contents significantly

below .04% may not achieve the designed minimum coating thickness.

HOT DIP GALVANIZING 05 04 00 - 2


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

Recommended steel materials for hot-dip galvanizing include, but are not limited to:

1. Structural shapes and plates: ASTM A36, A242 type 2, A283, A441, A500,

A501, A529, A572 and A588.

2. Steel for fasteners:

General Category Bolt Material Nut Material

Carbon Steel A307 Gr A or B A563 Gr A

High Strength A394 A563 Gr DH or

Tower Bolts A394 A563 Gr A

Quenched & Tempered

Carbon Steel Bolts A449 A563 Gr C

Quenched & Tempered

Alloy Steel Bolts A354 Gr BC A 563 Gr DH

3. Steel for sheet metal articles: ASTM A569 or A570

4. Steel for pipe or tubing: ASTM A53, A120 or A595 Gr A or B

2.03 FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Fabricate structural steel in accordance with Class (I) (II) (III) guidelines as described in

AGA's Recommended Details for Galvanized Structures.

B. Fabrication practices for products to be in accordance with the applicable portions of

ASTM A143, A384, and A385, except as specified herein. Avoid fabrication techniques

which could cause distortion or embrittlement of the steel.

C. The Fabricator shall consult with the Architect/Engineer and hot-dip galvanizer regarding

potential problems or potential handling problems during the galvanizing process which

may require modification of design before fabrication proceeds.

D. Remove all welding slag, splatter, anti-splatter compounds and burrs prior to delivery for

galvanizing.

E. Provide holes and/or lifting lugs to facilitate handling during the galvanizing.

F. Avoid unsuitable marking paints. Consult with the galvanizer about removal of grease,

oil paint and other deleterious material prior to fabrication.

G. Remove by blast cleaning or other methods surface contaminants and coatings which

would not be removable by the normal chemical cleaning process in the galvanizing

operation.

HOT DIP GALVANIZING 05 04 00 - 3


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

H. Whenever possible, slip joints should be used to minimize field welding of material.

PART 3

EXECUTION

3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Pre-clean steel work in accordance with accepted methods to produce an acceptable

surface for quality hot-dip galvanizing.

3.02 APPLICATION OF COATING

A. Galvanize steel members, fabrications, and assemblies after fabrication by the hot-dip

process in accordance with ASTM A123.

B. Galvanize bolts, nuts and washers and iron and steel hardware components in accordance

with ASTM A153.

C. Safeguard products against steel embrittlement in conformance with ASTM A143.

D. Galvanize reinforcing steel in accordance with ASTM A767.

E. Handle all articles to be galvanized in such a manner as to avoid any mechanical damage

and to minimize distortion.

3.03 COATING REQUIREMENTS

A. Coating Weight: conform with paragraph 5.1 of ASTM A123, Table 1 of A767, or Table

1 of ASTM A153, as appropriate.

Special thickness requirements should refer to ASTM A123 3.1.7 and be specified as the

minimum average mils of thickness. Extra thick coatings are not always obtainable.

B. Surface Finish: Continuous, adherent, as smo0th and evenly distributed as possible and

free from any defect detrimental to the stated end use of the coated article.

C. Adhesion: Withstand normal handling consistent with the nature and thickness of the

coating and normal use of the article.

3.04 TESTS

A. Inspection and testing of hot-dip galvanized coatings shall be done under the guidelines

provided in the AGA publication "Inspection of Products Hot Dip Galvanized After

Fabrication".

HOT DIP GALVANIZING 05 04 00 - 4


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

B. Include visual examination and tests in accordance with ASTM A123, A767 or A153 as

applicable to determine the thickness of the zinc coating on the metal surface.

C. Furnish Notarized Certificate of Compliance with ASTM Standards and Specifications

herein listed. The Certificate must be signed by the galvanizer and contain a detailed

description of the material processed. The Certificate shall include information as to the

ASTM standard used for the coating.

3.05 REPAIR OF DAMAGED COATING

A. The maximum area to be repaired is defined in accordance with ASTM A123 Section 4.6

current edition.

1. The maximum area to be repaired in the field shall be determined in advance by

mutual agreement between parties.

B. Repair areas damaged by welding, flame cutting or during handling, transport or erection

by one of the approved methods in accordance with ASTM A780 whenever damage

exceeds 3/16" in width. Minimum thickness requirements for the repair are those

described in ASTM A123 Section 4.6 current edition.

END OF SECTION 05 04 00

HOT DIP GALVANIZING 05 04 00 - 5


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL

PART 1

GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. All requirements of the general provisions of the contract including General and Supplementary

Conditions, Division 0 and Division 1 forms a part of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE OF WORK

1. This Section includes fabrication, delivery, unload and store in locations directed

and erect all structural steel work, as shown on drawings and specified, including

schedules, notes, and details showing size and location of members, typical

connections, and types of steel required. All connections not shown on the

structural drawings shall be by the detailer and submitted on shop drawings signed

and sealed by a registered Florida Engineer.

B. Related work not specified under this subdivision:

1. Steel joist

2. Setting of anchor bolts, cast in concrete, or masonry.

3. Metal fabrications.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for review, complete shop drawings covering fabrication and erection of all work under this

subdivision, including schedules, notes, and details showing size and location of members,

typical connections, and types of steel required. All connections not shown on the structural

drawings shall be by the detailer and submitted on shop drawings, signed and sealed by a

registered Florida engineer.

B. Submitted shop drawings must be checked and signed by the General Contractor.

C. Test reports conducted on shop and field bolted and welded connections. Include data on type(s) of

test conducted and test results.

D. Pre-engineered metal pan stairs and landings shall be designed for 100 PSF live load by a licensed

engineer retained by the steel fabricator. Stair shop drawing submittals shall be signed and

STRUCTURAL STEEL 05 12 00 - 1


Mohan Engineering, Inc. April 26, 2011 Oceanview Renovation

13.7123.000 Issued for Construction Clearwater, Florida

sealed by a registered Florida engineer.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Codes and standards: Comply with applicable provisions of the latest issue of the following, except

as otherwise indicated:

1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Code of Standard Practice for

Steel Buildings and Bridges" - except paragraph 4.2.1. AISC "Specification for

Structural Steel Buildings", including "Commentary".

2. "Specifications and Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" approved

by the Research Council on Structural Connections.

3. Structural Welding Code (AWS D1.1)

4. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC)

B. Qualifications for welding work: Qualify welding procedures and welding operations in accordance

with AWS "Qualification" requirements.

C. Welders to have current certificates, If recertification of welders is required, retesting will be

Contractor's responsibility.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials to site at such intervals to ensure uninterrupted progress or work. Store on site only

in authorized locations.

B. Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in cast-in-place concrete or

masonry, in ample time to not to delay work.

C. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off

ground. Protect steel members and packaged mat